14 CFR Part 135

 Title 14--Aeronautics and Space
   CHAPTER I--FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
     SUBCHAPTER G--AIR CARRIERS, AIR TRAVEL CLUBS, AND OPERATORS FOR
      COMPENSATION OR HIRE: CERTIFICATION AND OPERATIONS
         PART 135--AIR TAXI OPERATORS AND COMMERCIAL OPERATORS
           Special Federal Aviation Regulations
               SFAR No. 36
               SFAR No. 38-2
               SFAR No. 41
               SFAR No. 50-2
               SFAR No. 52--Extension of Compliance Date of Seat Cushion
                Flammability Regulation for Large Airplanes Operated Under
                Part 135 in Other Than Commuter Air Carrier Operations
               SFAR No. 58
           Subpart A--General
               Sec. 135.1 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.2 Air taxi operations with large aircraft.
               Sec. 135.3 Rules applicable to operations subject to this part.
               Sec. 135.5 Certificate and operations specifications required.
               Sec. 135.7 Applicability of rules to unauthorized operators.
               Sec. 135.9 Duration of certificate.
               Sec. 135.10 Compliance dates for certain rules.
               Sec. 135.11 Application and issue of certificate and operations
                specifications.
               Sec. 135.13 Eligibility for certificate and operations
                specifications.
               Sec. 135.15 Amendment of certificate.
               Sec. 135.17 Amendment of operations specifications.
               Sec. 135.19 Emergency operations.
               Sec. 135.21 Manual requirements.
               Sec. 135.23 Manual contents.
               Sec. 135.25 Aircraft requirements.
               Sec. 135.27 Business office and operations base.
               Sec. 135.29 Use of business names.
               Sec. 135.31 Advertising.
               Sec. 135.33 Area limitations on operations.
               Sec. 135.35 Termination of operations.
               Sec. 135.37 Management personnel required.
               Sec. 135.39 Management personnel qualifications.
               Sec. 135.41 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and
                depressant or stimulant drugs or substances.
               Sec. 135.43 Crewmember certificate: International operations:
                Application and issue.
           Subpart B--Flight Operations
               Sec. 135.61 General.
               Sec. 135.63 Recordkeeping requirements.
               Sec. 135.65 Reporting mechanical irregularities.
               Sec. 135.67 Reporting potentially hazardous meteorological
                conditions and irregularities of communications or
                navigation facilities.
               Sec. 135.69 Restriction or suspension of operations:
                Continuation of flight in an emergency.
               Sec. 135.71 Airworthiness check.
               Sec. 135.73 Inspections and tests.
               Sec. 135.75 Inspectors credentials: admission to pilots'
                compartment: Forward observer's seat.
               Sec. 135.77 Responsibility for operational control.
               Sec. 135.79 Flight locating requirements.
               Sec. 135.81 Informing personnel of operational information and
                appropriate changes.
               Sec. 135.83 Operating information required.
               Sec. 135.85 Carriage of persons without compliance with the
                passenger- carrying provisions of this part.
               Sec. 135.87 Carriage of cargo including carry-on baggage.
               Sec. 135.89 Pilot requirements: Use of oxygen.
               Sec. 135.91 Oxygen for medical use by passengers.
               Sec. 135.93 Autopilot: Minimum altitudes for use.
               Sec. 135.95 Airmen: Limitations on use of services.
               Sec. 135.97 Aircraft and facilities for recent flight
                experience.
               Sec. 135.99 Composition of flight crew.
               Sec. 135.100 Flight crewmember duties.
               Sec. 135.101 Second in command required in IFR conditions.
               Sec. 135.103 Exception to second in command requirement: IFR
                operations.
               Sec. 135.105 Exception to second in command requirement:
                Approval for use of autopilot system.
               Sec. 135.107 Flight attendant crewmember requirement.
               Sec. 135.109 Pilot in command or second in command: Designation
                required.
               Sec. 135.111 Second in command required in Category II
                operations.
               Sec. 135.113 Passenger occupancy of pilot seat.
               Sec. 135.115 Manipulation of controls.
               Sec. 135.117 Briefing of passengers before flight.
               Sec. 135.119 Prohibition against carriage of weapons.
               Sec. 135.121 Alcoholic beverages.
               Sec. 135.122 Stowage of food, beverage, and passenger service
                equipment during aircraft movement on the surface, takeoff,
                and landing.
               Sec. 135.123 Emergency and emergency evacuation duties.
               Sec. 135.125 Airplane security.
               Sec. 135.127 Passenger information.
               Sec. 135.128 Use of safety belts and child restraint systems.
               Sec. 135.129 Exit seating.
           Subpart C--Aircraft and Equipment
               Sec. 135.141 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.143 General requirements.
               Sec. 135.145 Aircraft proving tests.
               Sec. 135.147 Dual controls required.
               Sec. 135.149 Equipment requirements: General.
               Sec. 135.150 Public address and crewmember interphone systems.
               Sec. 135.151 Cockpit voice recorders.
               Sec. 135.152 Flight recorders.
               Sec. 135.153 Ground proximity warning system.
               Sec. 135.155 Fire extinguishers: Passenger-carrying aircraft.
               Sec. 135.157 Oxygen equipment requirements.
               Sec. 135.158 Pitot heat indication systems.
               Sec. 135.159 Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under
                VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions.
               Sec. 135.161 Radio and navigational equipment: Carrying
                passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top.
               Sec. 135.163 Equipment requirements: Aircraft carrying
                passengers under IFR.
               Sec. 135.165 Radio and navigational equipment: Extended
                overwater or IFR operations.
               Sec. 135.167 Emergency equipment: Extended overwater
                operations.
               Sec. 135.169 Additional airworthiness requirements.
               Sec. 135.170 Materials for compartment interiors.
               Sec. 135.171 Shoulder harness installation at flight crewmember
                stations.
               Sec. 135.173 Airborne thunderstorm detection equipment
                requirements.
               Sec. 135.175 Airborne weather radar equipment requirements.
               Sec. 135.177 Emergency equipment requirements for aircraft
                having a passenger seating configuration of more than 19
                passengers.
               Sec. 135.178 Additional emergency equipment.
               Sec. 135.179 Inoperable instruments and equipment.
               Sec. 135.180 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System.
               Sec. 135.181 Performance requirements: Aircraft operated over-
                the-top or in IFR conditions.
               Sec. 135.183 Performance requirements: Land aircraft operated
                over water.
               Sec. 135.185 Empty weight and center of gravity: Currency
                requirement.
           Subpart D--VFR/IFR Operating Limitations and Weather Requirements
               Sec. 135.201 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.203 VFR: Minimum altitudes.
               Sec. 135.205 VFR: Visibility requirements.
               Sec. 135.207 VFR: Helicopter surface reference requirements.
               Sec. 135.209 VFR: Fuel supply.
               Sec. 135.211 VFR: Over-the-top carrying passengers: Operating
                limitations.
               Sec. 135.213 Weather reports and forecasts.
               Sec. 135.215 IFR: Operating limitations.
               Sec. 135.217 IFR: Takeoff limitations.
               Sec. 135.219 IFR: Destination airport weather minimums.
               Sec. 135.221 IFR: Alternate airport weather minimums.
               Sec. 135.223 IFR: Alternate airport requirements.
               Sec. 135.225 IFR: Takeoff, approach and landing minimums.
               Sec. 135.227 Icing conditions: Operating limitations.
               Sec. 135.229 Airport requirements.
           Subpart E--Flight Crewmember Requirements
               Sec. 135.241 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.243 Pilot in command qualifications.
               Sec. 135.244 Operating experience.
               Sec. 135.245 Second in command qualifications.
               Sec. 135.247 Pilot qualifications: Recent experience.
               Sec. 135.249 Use of prohibited drugs.
               Sec. 135.251 Testing for prohibited drugs.
               Sec. 135.253 Misuse of alcohol.
               Sec. 135.255 Testing for alcohol.
           Subpart F--Flight Crewmember Flight Time Limitations and Rest
            Requirements
               Sec. 135.261 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.263 Flight time limitations and rest requirements: All
                certificate holders.
               Sec. 135.265 Flight time limitations and rest requirements:
                Scheduled operations.
               Sec. 135.267 Flight time limitations and rest requirements:
                Unscheduled one- and two-pilot crews.
               Sec. 135.269 Flight time limitations and rest requirements:
                Unscheduled three- and four-pilot crews.
               Sec. 135.271 Helicopter hospital emergency medical evacuation
                service (HEMES).
           Subpart G--Crewmember Testing Requirements
               Sec. 135.291 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.293 Initial and recurrent pilot testing requirements.
               Sec. 135.295 Initial and recurrent flight attendant crewmember
                testing requirements.
               Sec. 135.297 Pilot in command: Instrument proficiency check
                requirements.
               Sec. 135.299 Pilot in command: Line checks: Routes and
                airports.
               Sec. 135.301 Crewmember: Tests and checks, grace provisions,
                training to accepted standards.
               Sec. 135.303 [Removed. Amdt. 135-44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15,
                1992]
           Subpart H--Training
               Sec. 135.321 Applicability and terms used.
               Sec. 135.323 Training program: General.
               Sec. 135.325 Training program and revision: Initial and final
                approval.
               Sec. 135.327 Training program: Curriculum.
               Sec. 135.329 Crewmember training requirements.
               Sec. 135.331 Crewmember emergency training.
               Sec. 135.333 Training requirements: Handling and carriage of
                hazardous materials.
               Sec. 135.335 Approval of aircraft simulators and other training
                devices.
               Sec. 135.337 Training program: Check airmen and instructor
                qualifications.
               Sec. 135.339 Check airmen and flight instructors: Initial and
                transition training.
               Sec. 135.341 Pilot and flight attendant crewmember training
                programs.
               Sec. 135.343 Crewmember initial and recurrent training
                requirements.
               Sec. 135.345 Pilots: Initial, transition, and upgrade ground
                training.
               Sec. 135.347 Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, and
                differences flight training.
               Sec. 135.349 Flight attendants: Initial and transition ground
                training.
               Sec. 135.351 Recurrent training.
               Sec. 135.353 Prohibited drugs.
           Subpart I--Airplane Performance Operating Limitations
               Sec. 135.361 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.363 General.
               Sec. 135.365 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: Weight limitations.
               Sec. 135.367 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: Takeoff limitations.
               Sec. 135.369 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: En route limitations: All engines operating.
               Sec. 135.371 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: En route limitations: One engine
                inoperative.
               Sec. 135.373 Part 25 transport category airplanes with four or
                more engines: Reciprocating engine powered: En route
                limitations: Two engines inoperative.
               Sec. 135.375 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: Landing limitations: Destination airports.
               Sec. 135.377 Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating
                engine powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airports.
               Sec. 135.379 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine
                powered: Takeoff limitations.
               Sec. 135.381 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine
                powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
               Sec. 135.383 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine
                powered: En route limitations: Two engines inoperative.
               Sec. 135.385 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine
                powered: Landing limitations: Destination airports.
               Sec. 135.387 Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine
                powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airports.
               Sec. 135.389 Large nontransport category airplanes: Takeoff
                limitations.
               Sec. 135.391 Large nontransport category airplanes: En route
                limitations: One engine inoperative.
               Sec. 135.393 Large nontransport category airplanes: Landing
                limitations: Destination airports.
               Sec. 135.395 Large nontransport category airplanes: Landing
                limitations: Alternate airports.
               Sec. 135.397 Small transport category airplane performance
                operating limitations.
               Sec. 135.398 Commuter category airplanes performance operating
                limitations.
               Sec. 135.399 Small nontransport category airplane performance
                operating limitations.
           Subpart J--Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, and Alterations
               Sec. 135.411 Applicability.
               Sec. 135.413 Responsibility for airworthiness.
               Sec. 135.415 Mechanical reliability reports.
               Sec. 135.417 Mechanical interruption summary report.
               Sec. 135.419 Approved aircraft inspection program.
               Sec. 135.421 Additional maintenance requirements.
               Sec. 135.423 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and
                alteration organization.
               Sec. 135.425 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and
                alteration programs.
               Sec. 135.427 Manual requirements.
               Sec. 135.429 Required inspection personnel.
               Sec. 135.431 Continuing analysis and surveillance.
               Sec. 135.433 Maintenance and preventive maintenance training
                program.
               Sec. 135.435 Certificate requirements.
               Sec. 135.437 Authority to perform and approve maintenance,
                preventive maintenance, and alterations.
               Sec. 135.439 Maintenance recording requirements.
               Sec. 135.441 Transfer of maintenance records.
               Sec. 135.443 Airworthiness release or aircraft maintenance log
                entry.
           Appendix A to Part 135--Additional Airworthiness Standards for 10
            or More Passenger Airplanes
           Appendix B to Part 135--Airplane Flight Recorder Specifications
           Appendix C to Part 135--Helicopter Flight Recorder Specifications
           Appendix D to Part 135--Airplane Flight Recorder Specification
           Appendix E to Part 135--Helicopter Flight Recorder Specifications


                                  SFAR No. 36

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 36, see Part 121 of this chapter.

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 3936, No. 18, Jan. 27, 1994
 SFAR Amdt. No. 36-6

   SUMMARY: This final rule amends and extends Special Federal Aviation
 Regulation (SFAR) No. 36, which provides that authorized repair station and
 aircraft operating certificate holders may approve aircraft products or
 articles for return to service after accomplishing major repairs using self-
 developed repair data that have not been approved by the Federal Aviation
 Administration (FAA). Amendments include clarification of the scope of the
 SFAR authorization. Extension of the regulation continues to provide, for
 those that qualify, an alternative from the requirement to obtain FAA
 approval of major repair data on a case-by-case basis, and allows additional
 time for the FAA to incorporate the SFAR provisions into the regulations.

   DATES: Effective January 23, 1994 and terminates January 23, 1999.

 *****************************************************************************






                                 SFAR No. 38-2

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 38-2, see Part 121 of this
 chapter.






                                  SFAR No. 41

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 41, see Part 91 of this chapter.






                                 SFAR No. 50-2

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 50-2, see Part 91 of this chapter.






    SFAR No. 52--Extension of Compliance Date of Seat Cushion Flammability
 Regulation for Large Airplanes Operated Under Part 135 in Other Than Commuter
                            Air Carrier Operations

   Contrary provisions of Secs. 121.312 and 135.169 of this chapter
 notwithstanding, for airplanes type certificated after January 1, 1958, after
 February 24, 1988, seat cushions in any compartment occupied by crew or
 passengers (except those on flight crewmember seats) in large airplanes
 operated under Part 135 of this chapter, except large airplanes used in
 commuter air carrier operations, must comply with the requirements pertaining
 to fire protection of seat cushions in Sec. 25.853(c), effective November 26,
 1984, and Appendix F to Part 25 of this chapter, effective November 26, 1984,
 unless an alternative compliance plan has been approved by the Administrator.
   For airplanes type certificated after January 1, 1958, after November 26,
 1987, seat cushions in any compartment occupied by crew or passengers (except
 those on flight crewmember seats) in large airplanes operated under Part 135
 of this chapter and used in commuter air carrier operations must comply with
 the requirements pertaining to fire protection of seat cushions in Sec.
 25.853(c), effective November 26, 1984, and Appendix F to Part 25 of this
 chapter, effective November 26, 1984.
   This Special Federal Aviation Regulation terminates on December 1, 1988.

 [Doc. No. 25477, 52 FR 45913, Dec. 2, 1987]






                                SFAR No. 58

   Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 58, see part 121 of this chapter.

 [Doc. No. 25804, 55 FR 40278, Oct. 2, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 40262, No. 191, Oct. 2, 1990

   SUMMARY: This Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) establishes a
 voluntary, alternative method for the training, evaluation, certification,
 and qualification requirements of flight crewmembers, flight attendants,
 aircraft dispatchers, instructors, evaluators and other operations personnel
 subject to the training and qualification requirements of 14 CFR parts 121
 and 135. The FAA has developed this alternative method in response to
 recommendations made by representatives from the government, airlines,
 aircrew professional organizations, and airline industry organizations. The
 SFAR is designed to improve aircrew performance and allows certificate
 holders that are subject to the training requirements of parts 121 and 135 to
 develop innovative training programs that incorporate the most recent
 advances in training methods and techniques.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: October 2, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************



                              Subpart A--General






 Sec. 135.1  Applicability.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part
 prescribes rules governing--
   (1) Air taxi operations conducted under the exemption authority of Part 298
 of this title;
   (2) The transportation of mail by aircraft conducted under a postal service
 contract awarded under section 5402c of Title 39, United States Code;
   (3) The carriage in air commerce of persons or property for compensation or
 hire as a commercial operator (not an air carrier) in aircraft having a
 maximum seating capacity of less than 20 passengers or a maximum payload
 capacity of less than 6,000 pounds, or the carriage in air commerce of
 persons or property in common carriage operations solely between points
 entirely within any state of the United States in aircraft having a maximum
 seating capacity of 30 seats or less or a maximum payload capacity of 7,500
 pounds or less; and
   (4) Each person who applies for provisional approval of an Advanced
 Qualification Program curriculum, curriculum segment, or portion of a
 curriculum segment under SFAR No. 58 and each person employed or used by an
 air carrier or commercial operator under this part to perform training,
 qualification, or evaluation functions under an Advanced Qualification
 Program under SFAR No. 58; and
   (5) Each person who is on board an aircraft being operated under this part.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this part does not
 apply to--
   (1) Student instruction;
   (2) Nonstop sightseeing flights that begin and end at the same airport, and
 are conducted within a 25 statute mile radius of that airport;
   (3) Ferry or training flights;
   (4) Aerial work operations, including--
   (i) Crop dusting, seeding, spraying, and bird chasing;
   (ii) Banner towing;
   (iii) Aerial photography or survey;
   (iv) Fire fighting;
   (v) Helicopter operations in construction or repair work (but not including
 transportation to and from the site of operations); and
   (vi) Powerline or pipeline patrol, or similar types of patrol approved by
 the Administrator;
   (5) Sightseeing flights conducted in hot air balloons;
   (6) Nonstop flights conducted within a 25 statute mile radius of the
 airport of takeoff carrying persons for the purpose of intentional parachute
 jumps;
   (7) Helicopter flights conducted within a 25 statute mile radius of the
 airport of takeoff, if--
   (i) Not more than two passengers are carried in the helicopter in addition
 to the required flight crew;
   (ii) Each flight is made under VFR during the day;
   (iii) The helicopter used is certificated in the standard category and
 complies with the 100-hour inspection requirements of Part 91 of this
 chapter;
   (iv) The operator notifies the FAA Flight Standards District Office
 responsible for the geographic area concerned at least 72 hours before each
 flight and furnishes any essential information that the office requests;
   (v) The number of flights does not exceed a total of six in any calendar
 year;
   (vi) Each flight has been approved by the Administrator; and
   (vii) Cargo is not carried in or on the helicopter;
   (8) Operations conducted under Part 133 or 375 of this title;
   (9) Emergency mail service conducted under section 405(h) of the Federal
 Aviation Act of 1958; or
   (10) This part does not apply to operations conducted under the provisions
 of Sec. 91.321.
   (c) For the purpose of Secs. 135.249, 135.251, 135.253, 135.255, and
 135.353, operator means any person or entity conducting non-stop sightseeing
 flights for compensation or hire in an airplane or rotorcraft that begin and
 end at the same airport and are conducted within a 25 statute mile radius of
 that airport.
   (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this part and appendices I and J to
 part 121 of this chapter, an operator who does not hold a part 121 or part
 135 certificate is permitted to use a person who is otherwise authorized to
 perform aircraft maintenance or preventive maintenance duties and who is not
 subject to FAA-approved anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs to
 perform--
   (1) Aircraft maintenance or preventive maintenance on the operator's
 aircraft if the operator would otherwise be required to transport the
 aircraft more than 50 nautical miles further than the repair point closest to
 operator's principal place of operation to obtain these services; or
   (2) Emergency repairs on the operator's aircraft if the aircraft cannot be
 safely operated to a location where an employee subject to FAA-approved
 programs can perform the repairs.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-5, 45 FR
 43162, June 26, 1980; Amdt. 135-7, 45 FR 67235, Oct. 9, 1980; Amdt. 135-20,
 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986; Amdt. 135-28, 53 FR 47060, Nov. 21, 1988; Amdt.
 135-32, 54 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989; Amdt. 135-37, 55 FR 40278, Oct. 2, 1990;
 Amdt. 135-40, 56 FR 43976, Sept. 5, 1991; Amdt. 135-48, 59 FR 7396, Feb. 15,
 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 7380, No. 31, Feb. 15, 1994

 SUMMARY: This final rule prescribes regulations establishing the aviation
 industry alcohol misuse prevention program. It includes requirements for an
 alcohol testing program for air carrier employees who perform safety-
 sensitive duties, in implementation of the FAA-related provisions of the
 Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, which was enacted on
 October 28, 1991. Employees who perform safety-sensitive duties directly or
 by contract for aviation employers that hold a certificate issued under
 certain FAA regulations, operators as defined in the regulations, or air
 traffic control facilities not operated by the FAA or the U.S. military must
 be subject to an FAA-mandated alcohol misuse prevention program (AMPP). This
 final rule requires alcohol testing of these employees, proscribes certain
 alcohol-related conduct, and establishes specified consequences for engaging
 in alcohol misuse. Employers must provide written materials to covered
 employees explaining the program and educating employees about the dangers of
 alcohol misuse. Employers must also submit reports to the FAA on the results
 of the program. This rule is intended to ensure that public safety is
 maintained by preventing alcohol misuse by safety-sensitive aviation
 employees.

 DATES: This rule is effective on March 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.2  Air taxi operations with large aircraft.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no person may
 conduct air taxi operations in large aircraft under an individual exemption
 and authorization issued by the Civil Aeronautics Board or under the
 exemption authority of Part 298 of this title, unless that person--
   (1) Complies with the certification requirements for supplemental air
 carriers in Part 121 of this chapter, except that the person need not obtain,
 and that person is not eligible for, a certificate under that part; and
   (2) Conducts those operations under the rules of Part 121 of this chapter
 that apply to supplemental air carriers.

 However, the Administrator may issue operations specifications which require
 an operator to comply with the rules of Part 121 of this chapter that apply
 to domestic or flag air carriers, as appropriate, in place of the rules
 required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section, if the Administrator determines
 compliance with those rules is necessary to provide an appropriate level of
 safety for the operation.
   (b) The holder of an operating certificate issued under this part who is
 required to comply with Subpart L of Part 121 of this chapter, under
 paragraph (a) of this section, may perform and approve maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, and alterations on aircraft having a maximum
 passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 30 seats or
 less and a maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less as provided in
 that subpart. The aircraft so maintained shall be identified by registration
 number in the operations specifications of the certificate holder using the
 aircraft.
   (c) Operations that are subject to paragraph (a) of this section are not
 subject to Secs. 135.21 through 135.43 of Subpart A and Subparts B through J
 of this part. Seaplanes used in operations that are subject to paragraph (a)
 of this section are not subject to Sec. 121.291(a) of this chapter.
   (d) Operations conducted with aircraft having a maximum passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 30 seats or less, and a maximum
 payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less shall be conducted under the rules
 of this part. However, a certificate holder who is conducting operations on
 December 1, 1978, in aircraft described in this paragraph may continue to
 operate under paragraph (a) of this section.
   (e) For the purposes of this part--
   (1) "Maximum payload capacity" means:
   (i) For an aircraft for which a maximum zero fuel weight is prescribed in
 FAA technical specifications, the maximum zero fuel weight, less empty
 weight, less all justifiable aircraft equipment, and less the operating load
 (consisting of minimum flight crew, foods and beverages and supplies and
 equipment related to foods and beverages, but not including disposable fuel
 or oil);
   (ii) For all other aircraft, the maximum certificated takeoff weight of an
 aircraft, less the empty weight, less all justifiable aircraft equipment, and
 less the operating load (consisting of minimum fuel load, oil, and flight
 crew). The allowance for the weight of the crew, oil, and fuel is as follows:
   (A) Crew--200 pounds for each crewmember required under this chapter.
   (B) Oil--350 pounds.
   (C) Fuel--the minimum weight of fuel required under this chapter for a
 flight between domestic points 174 nautical miles apart under VFR weather
 conditions that does not involve extended overwater operations.
   (2) "Empty weight" means the weight of the airframe, engines, propellers,
 rotors, and fixed equipment. Empty weight excludes the weight of the crew and
 payload, but includes the weight of all fixed ballast, unusable fuel supply,
 undrainable oil, total quantity of engine coolant, and total quantity of
 hydraulic fluid.
   (3) "Maximum zero fuel weight" means the maximum permissible weight of an
 aircraft with no disposable fuel or oil. The zero fuel weight figure may be
 found in either the aircraft type certificate data sheet or the approved
 Aircraft Flight Manual, or both.
   (4) For the purposes of this paragraph, "justifiable aircraft equipment"
 means any equipment necessary for the operation of the aircraft. It does not
 include equipment or ballast specifically installed, permanently or
 otherwise, for the purpose of altering the empty weight of an aircraft to
 meet the maximum payload capacity specified in paragraph (d) of this section.






 Sec. 135.3  Rules applicable to operations subject to this part.

   Each person operating an aircraft in operations under this part shall--
   (a) While operating inside the United States, comply with the applicable
 rules of this chapter; and
   (b) While operating outside the United States, comply with Annex 2, Rules
 of the Air, to the Convention on International Civil Aviation or the
 regulations of any foreign country, whichever applies, and with any rules of
 Parts 61 and 91 of this chapter and this part that are more restrictive than
 that Annex or those regulations and that can be complied with without
 violating that Annex or those regulations. Annex 2 is incorporated by
 reference in Sec. 91.703(b) of this chapter.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-32, 54
 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34332, August 18, 1989, Sec. 135.3(b) was
 amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.1(c)" to read "Sec.
 91.703(b)", effective August 18, 1990.






 Sec. 135.5  Certificate and operations specifications required.

   No person may operate an aircraft under this part without, or in violation
 of, an air taxi/commercial operator (ATCO) operating certificate and
 appropriate operations specifications issued under this part, or, for
 operations with large aircraft having a maximum passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of more than 30 seats, or a maximum
 payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds, without, or in violation of,
 appropriate operations specifications issued under Part 121 of this chapter.






 Sec. 135.7  Applicability of rules to unauthorized operators.

   The rules in this part which apply to a person certificated under Sec.
 135.5 also apply to a person who engages in any operation governed by this
 part without an appropriate certificate and operations specifications
 required by Sec. 135.5.






 Sec. 135.9  Duration of certificate.

   (a) An ATCO operating certificate is effective until surrendered, suspended
 or revoked. The holder of an ATCO operating certificate that is suspended or
 revoked shall return it to the Administrator.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, an ATCO
 operating certificate in effect on December 1, 1978, expires on February 1,
 1979. The certificate holder must continue to conduct operations under Part
 135 and the operations specifications in effect on November 30, 1978, until
 the certificate expires.
   (c) If the certificate holder applies before February 1, 1979, for new
 operations specifications under this part, the operating certificate held
 continues in effect and the certificate holder must continue operations under
 Part 135 and operations specifications in effect on November 30, 1978, until
 the earliest of the following--
   (1) The date on which new operations specifications are issued; or
   (2) The date on which the Administrator notifies the certificate holder
 that the application is denied; or
   (3) August 1, 1979.
 If new operations specifications are issued under paragraph (c)(1) of this
 section, the ATCO operating certificate continues in effect until
 surrendered, suspended or revoked under paragraph (a) of this section.
   (d) A certificate holder may obtain an extension of the expiration date in
 paragraph (c) of this section, but not beyond December 1, 1979, from the
 Director, Flight Standards Service, if before July 1, 1979, the certificate
 holder--
   (1) Shows that due to the circumstances beyond its control it cannot comply
 by the expiration date; and
   (2) Submits a schedule for compliance, acceptable to the Director,
 indicating that compliance will be achieved at the earliest practicable date.
   (e) The holder of an ATCO operating certificate that expires, under
 paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, shall return it to the
 Administrator.






 Sec. 135.10  Compliance dates for certain rules.

   After January 2, 1991, no certificate holder may use a person as a flight
 crewmember unless that person has completed the windshear ground training
 required by Secs. 135.345(b)(6) and 135.351(b)(2) of this part.

 [Doc. No. 19110, Amdt. 135-27, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988]






 Sec. 135.11  Application and issue of certificate and operations
     specifications.

   (a) An application for an ATCO operating certificate and appropriate
 operations specifications is made on a form and in a manner prescribed by the
 Administrator and filed with the FAA Flight Standards District Office that
 has jurisdiction over the area in which the applicant's principal business
 office is located.
   (b) An applicant who meets the requirements of this part is entitled to--
   (1) An ATCO operating certificate containing all business names under which
 the certificate holder may conduct operations and the address of each
 business office used by the certificate holder; and
   (2) Separate operations specifications, issued to the certificate holder,
 containing:
   (i) The type and area of operations authorized.
   (ii) The category and class of aircraft that may be used in those
 operations.
   (iii) Registration numbers and types of aircraft that are subject to an
 airworthiness maintenance program required by Sec. 135.411(a)(2), including
 time limitations or standards for determining time limitations, for
 overhauls, inspections, and checks for airframes, aircraft engines,
 propellers, rotors, appliances, and emergency equipment.
   (iv) Registration numbers of aircraft that are to be inspected under an
 approved aircraft inspection program under Sec. 135.419.
   (v) Additional maintenance items required by the Administrator under Sec.
 135.421.
   (vi) Any authorized deviation from this part.
   (vii) Any other items the Administrator may require or allow to meet any
 particular situation.
   (c) No person holding operations specifications issued under this part may
 list on its operations specifications or on the current list of aircraft
 required by Sec. 135.63(a)(3) any airplane listed on operations
 specifications issued under Part 125.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 467883, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-24, 52
 FR 20029, May 28, 1987]






 Sec. 135.13  Eligibility for certificate and operations specifications.

   (a) To be eligible for an ATCO operating certificate and appropriate
 operations specifications, a person must--
   (1) Be a citizen of the United States, a partnership of which each member
 is a citizen of the United States, or a corporation or association created or
 organized under the laws of the United States or any state, territory, or
 possession of the United States, of which the president and two-thirds or
 more of the board of directors and other managing officers are citizens of
 the United States and in which at least 75 percent of the voting interest is
 owned or controlled by citizens of the United States or one of its
 possessions; and
   (2) Show, to the satisfaction of the Administrator, that the person is able
 to conduct each kind of operation for which the person seeks authorization in
 compliance with applicable regulations; and
   (3) Hold any economic authority that may be required by the Civil
 Aeronautics Board.
 However, no person holding a commercial operator operating certificate issued
 under Part 121 of this chapter is eligible for an ATCO operating certificate
 unless the person shows to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the
 person's contract carriage business in large aircraft, having a maximum
 passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of more than 30
 seats or a maximum payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds, will not
 result directly or indirectly from the person's air taxi business.
   (b) The Administrator may deny any applicant a certificate under this part
 if the Administrator finds--
   (1) That an air carrier or commercial operator operating certificate under
 Part 121 or an ATCO operating certificate previously issued to the applicant
 was revoked; or
   (2) That a person who was employed in a position similar to general
 manager, director of operations, director of maintenance, chief pilot, or
 chief inspector, or who has exercised control with respect to any ATCO
 operating certificate holder, air carrier, or commercial operator whose
 operating certificate has been revoked, will be employed in any of those
 positions or a similar position, or will be in control of or have a
 substantial ownership interest in the applicant, and that the person's
 employment or control contributed materially to the reasons for revoking that
 certificate.






 Sec. 135.15  Amendment of certificate.

   (a) The Administrator may amend an ATCO operating certificate--
   (1) On the Administrator's own initiative, under section 609 of the Federal
 Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C. 1429) and Part 13 of this chapter; or
   (2) Upon application by the holder of that certificate.
   (b) The certificate holder must file an application to amend an ATCO
 operating certificate at least 15 days before the date proposed by the
 applicant for the amendment to become effective, unless a shorter filing
 period is approved. The application must be on a form and in a manner
 prescribed by the Administrator and must be submitted to the FAA Flight
 Standards District Office charged with the overall inspection of the
 certificate holder.
   (c) The FAA Flight Standards District Office charged with the overall
 inspection of the certificate holder grants an amendment to the ATCO
 operating certificate if it is determined that safety in air commerce and the
 public interest allow that amendment.
   (d) Within 30 days after receiving a refusal to amend the operating
 certificate, the certificate holder may petition the Director, Flight
 Standards Service, to reconsider the request.






 Sec. 135.17  Amendment of operations specifications.

   (a) The FAA Flight Standards District Office charged with the overall
 inspection of the certificate holder may amend any operations specifications
 issued under this part if--
   (1) It determines that safety in air commerce requires that amendment; or
   (2) Upon application by the holder, that District Office determines that
 safety in air commerce allows that amendment.
   (b) The certificate holder must file an application to amend operations
 specifications at least 15 days before the date proposed by the applicant for
 the amendment to become effective, unless a shorter filing period is
 approved. The application must be on a form and in a manner prescribed by the
 Administrator and be submitted to the FAA Flight Standards District Office
 charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder.
   (c) Within 30 days after a notice of refusal to approve a holder's
 application for amendment is received, the holder may petition the Director,
 Flight Standards Service to reconsider the refusal to amend.
   (d) When the FAA Flight Standards District Office charged with the overall
 inspection of the certificate holder amends operations specifications, that
 Flight Standards District Office gives notice in writing to the holder of a
 proposed amendment to the operations specifications, fixing a period of not
 less than 7 days within which the holder may submit written information,
 views, and arguments concerning the proposed amendment. After consideration
 of all relevant matter presented, that Flight Standards District Office
 notifies the holder of any amendment adopted, or a rescission of the notice.
 The amendment becomes effective not less than 30 days after the holder
 receives notice of the adoption of the amendment, unless the holder petitions
 the Director, Flight Standards Service for reconsideration of the amendment.
 In that case, the effective date of the amendment is stayed pending a
 decision by the Director. If the Director finds there is an emergency
 requiring immediate action as to safety in air commerce that makes the
 provisions of this paragraph impracticable or contrary to the public
 interest, the Director notifies the certificate holder that the amendment is
 effective on the date of receipt, without previous notice.

 [Doc. No 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-6, 45 FR
 47838, July 17, 1980; Amdt. 135-33, 54 FR 39294, Sept. 25, 1989]






 Sec. 135.19  Emergency operations.

   (a) In an emergency involving the safety of persons or property, the
 certificate holder may deviate from the rules of this part relating to
 aircraft and equipment and weather minimums to the extent required to meet
 that emergency.
   (b) In an emergency involving the safety of persons or property, the pilot
 in command may deviate from the rules of this part to the extent required to
 meet that emergency.
   (c) Each person who, under the authority of this section, deviates from a
 rule of this part shall, within 10 days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and
 Federal holidays, after the deviation, send to the FAA Flight Standards
 District Office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder
 a complete report of the aircraft operation involved, including a description
 of the deviation and reasons for it.






 Sec. 135.21   Manual requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder, other than one who uses only one pilot in the
 certificate holder's operations, shall prepare and keep current a manual
 setting forth the certificate holder's procedures and policies acceptable to
 the Administrator. This manual must be used by the certificate holder's
 flight, ground, and maintenance personnel in conducting its operations.
 However, the Administrator may authorize a deviation from this paragraph if
 the Administrator finds that, because of the limited size of the operation,
 all or part of the manual is not necessary for guidance of flight, ground, or
 maintenance personnel.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall maintain at least one copy of the manual
 at its principal operations base.
   (c) The manual must not be contrary to any applicable Federal regulations,
 foreign regulation applicable to the certificate holder's operations in
 foreign countries, or the certificate holder's operating certificate or
 operations specifications.
   (d) A copy of the manual, or appropriate portions of the manual (and
 changes and additions) shall be made available to maintenance and ground
 operations personnel by the certificate holder and furnished to--
   (1) Its flight crewmembers; and
   (2) Representatives of the Administrator assigned to the certificate
 holder.
   (e) Each employee of the certificate holder to whom a manual or appropriate
 portions of it are furnished under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall
 keep it up to date with the changes and additions furnished to them.
   (f) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, each certificate
 holder shall carry appropriate parts of the manual on each aircraft when away
 from the principal operations base. The appropriate parts must be available
 for use by ground or flight personnel.
   (g) If a certificate holder conducts aircraft inspections or maintenance at
 specified stations where it keeps the approved inspection program manual, it
 is not required to carry the manual aboard the aircraft en route to those
 stations.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-18, 47
 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982]






 Sec. 135.23  Manual contents.

   Each manual shall have the date of the last revision on each revised page.
 The manual must include--
   (a) The name of each management person required under Sec. 135.37(a) who is
 authorized to act for the certificate holder, the person's assigned area of
 responsibility, the person's duties, responsibilities, and authority, and the
 name and title of each person authorized to exercise operational control
 under Sec. 135.77;
   (b) Procedures for ensuring compliance with aircraft weight and balance
 limitations and, for multiengine aircraft, for determining compliance with
 Sec. 135.185;
   (c) Copies of the certificate holder's operations specifications or
 appropriate extracted information, including area of operations authorized,
 category and class of aircraft authorized, crew complements, and types of
 operations authorized;
   (d) Procedures for complying with accident notification requirements;
   (e) Procedures for ensuring that the pilot in command knows that required
 airworthiness inspections have been made and that the aircraft has been
 approved for return to service in compliance with applicable maintenance
 requirements;
   (f) Procedures for reporting and recording mechanical irregularities that
 come to the attention of the pilot in command before, during, and after
 completion of a flight;
   (g) Procedures to be followed by the pilot in command for determining that
 mechanical irregularities or defects reported for previous flights have been
 corrected or that correction has been deferred;
   (h) Procedures to be followed by the pilot in command to obtain
 maintenance, preventive maintenance, and servicing of the aircraft at a place
 where previous arrangements have not been made by the operator, when the
 pilot is authorized to so act for the operator;
   (i) Procedures under Sec. 135.179 for the release for, or continuation of,
 flight if any item of equipment required for the particular type of operation
 becomes inoperative or unserviceable en route;
   (j) Procedures for refueling aircraft, eliminating fuel contamination,
 protecting from fire (including electrostatic protection), and supervising
 and protecting passengers during refueling;
   (k) Procedures to be followed by the pilot in command in the briefing under
 Sec. 135.117;
   (l) Flight locating procedures, when applicable;
   (m) Procedures for ensuring compliance with emergency procedures, including
 a list of the functions assigned each category of required crewmembers in
 connection with an emergency and emergency evacuation duties under Sec.
 135.123;
   (n) En route qualification procedures for pilots, when applicable;
   (o) The approved aircraft inspection program, when applicable;
   (p) Procedures and instructions to enable personnel to recognize hazardous
 materials, as defined in Title 49 CFR, and if these materials are to be
 carried, stored, or handled, procedures and instructions for--
   (1) Accepting shipment of hazardous material required by Title 49 CFR, to
 assure proper packaging, marking, labeling, shipping documents, compatibility
 of articles, and instructions on their loading, storage, and handling;
   (2) Notification and reporting hazardous material incidents as required by
 Title 49 CFR; and
   (3) Notification of the pilot in command when there are hazardous materials
 aboard, as required by Title 49 CFR;
   (q) Procedures for the evacuation of persons who may need the assistance of
 another person to move expeditiously to an exit if an emergency occurs; and
   (r) Other procedures and policy instructions regarding the certificate
 holder's operations, that are issued by the certificate holder.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-20, 51
 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.25  Aircraft requirements.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no certificate
 holder may operate an aircraft under this part unless that aircraft--
   (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of the United States and carries an
 appropriate and current airworthiness certificate issued under this chapter;
 and
   (2) Is in an airworthy condition and meets the applicable airworthiness
 requirements of this chapter, including those relating to identification and
 equipment.
   (b) Each certificate holder must have the exclusive use of at least one
 aircraft that meets the requirements for at least one kind of operation
 authorized in the certificate holder's operations specifications. In
 addition, for each kind of operation for which the certificate holder does
 not have the exclusive use of an aircraft, the certificate holder must have
 available for use under a written agreement (including arrangements for
 performing required maintenance) at least one aircraft that meets the
 requirements for that kind of operation. However, this paragraph does not
 prohibit the operator from using or authorizing the use of the aircraft for
 other than air taxi or commercial operations and does not require the
 certificate holder to have exclusive use of all aircraft that the certificate
 holder uses.
   (c) For the purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, a person has
 exclusive use of an aircraft if that person has the sole possession, control,
 and use of it for flight, as owner, or has a written agreement (including
 arrangements for performing required maintenance), in effect when the
 aircraft is operated, giving the person that possession, control, and use for
 at least 6 consecutive months.
   (d) A certificate holder may operate in common carriage, and for the
 carriage of mail, a civil aircraft which is leased or chartered to it without
 crew and is registered in a country which is a party to the Convention on
 International Civil Aviation if--
   (1) The aircraft carries an appropriate airworthiness certificate issued by
 the country of registration and meets the registration and identification
 requirements of that country;
   (2) The aircraft is of a type design which is approved under a U.S. type
 certificate and complies with all of the requirements of this chapter (14 CFR
 Chapter I) that would be applicable to that aircraft were it registered in
 the United States, including the requirements which must be met for issuance
 of a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate (including type design
 conformity, condition for safe operation, and the noise, fuel venting, and
 engine emission requirements of this chapter), except that a U.S.
 registration certificate and a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate will
 not be issued for the aircraft;
   (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.-certificated airmen employed by the
 certificate holder; and
   (4) The certificate holder files a copy of the aircraft lease or charter
 agreement with the FAA Aircraft Registry, Department of Transportation, 6400
 South MacArthur Boulevard, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (Mailing address: P.O. Box
 25504, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125).

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-8, 45 FR
 68649, Oct. 16, 1980]






 Sec. 135.27  Business office and operations base.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall maintain a principal business office.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall, before establishing or changing the
 location of any business office or operations base, except a temporary
 operations base, notify in writing the FAA Flight Standards District Office
 charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder.
   (c) No certificate holder who establishes or changes the location of any
 business office or operations base, except a temporary operations base, may
 operate an aircraft under this part unless the certificate holder complies
 with paragraph (b) of this section.






 Sec. 135.29  Use of business names.

   No certificate holder may operate an aircraft under this part under a
 business name that is not on the certificate holder's operating certificate.






 Sec. 135.31  Advertising.

   No certificate holder may advertise or otherwise offer to perform
 operations subject to this part that are not authorized by the certificate
 holder's operating certificate and operations specifications.






 Sec. 135.33  Area limitations on operations.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft in a geographical area that is not
 specifically authorized by appropriate operations specifications issued under
 this part.
   (b) No person may operate an aircraft in a foreign country unless that
 person is authorized to do so by that country.






 Sec. 135.35  Termination of operations.

   Within 30 days after a certificate holder terminates operations under this
 part, the operating certificate and operations specifications must be
 surrendered by the certificate holder to the FAA Flight Standards District
 Office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder.






 Sec. 135.37   Management personnel required.

   (a) Each certificate holder, other than one who uses only one pilot in the
 certificate holder's operations, must have enough qualified management
 personnel in the following or equivalent positions to ensure safety in its
 operations:
   (1) Director of operations.
   (2) Chief pilot.
   (3) Director of maintenance.
   (b) Upon application by the certificate holder, the Administrator may
 approve different positions or numbers of positions than those listed in
 paragraph (a) of this section for a particular operation if the certificate
 holder shows that it can perform its operations safely under the direction of
 fewer or different categories of management personnel.
   (c) Each certificate holder shall--
   (1) Set forth the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the personnel
 required by this section in the manual required by Sec. 135.21;
   (2) List in the manual required by Sec. 135.21 the name of the person or
 persons assigned to those positions; and
   (3) Within 10 working days, notify the FAA Flight Standards District Office
 charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder of any change
 made in the assignment of persons to the listed positions.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-18, 47
 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982]






 Sec. 135.39  Management personnel qualifications.

   (a) Director of operations. No person may serve as director of operations
 under Sec. 135.37(a) unless that person knows the contents of the manual
 required by Sec. 135.21, the operations specifications, the provisions of
 this part and other applicable regulations necessary for the proper
 performance of the person's duties and responsibilities and:
   (1) The director of operations for a certificate holder conducting any
 operations for which the pilot in command is required to hold an airline
 transport pilot certificate must--
   (i) Hold or have held an airline transport pilot certificate; and
   (ii) Have at least 3 years of experience as pilot in command of an aircraft
 operated under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this chapter; or
   (iii) Have at least 3 years of experience as director of operations with a
 certificate holder operating under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this
 chapter.
   (2) The director of operations for a certificate holder who is not
 conducting any operation for which the pilot in command is required to hold
 an airline transport pilot certificate must--
   (i) Hold or have held a commercial pilot certificate; and
   (ii) Have at least 3 years of experience as a pilot in command of an
 aircraft operated under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this chapter; or
   (iii) Have at least 3 years of experience as director of operations with a
 certificate holder operating under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this
 chapter.
   (b) Chief pilot. No person may serve as chief pilot under Sec. 135.37(a)
 unless that person knows the contents of the manual required by Sec. 135.21,
 the operations specifications, the provisions of this part and other
 applicable regulations necessary for the proper performance of the person's
 duties, and:
   (1) The chief pilot of a certificate holder conducting any operation for
 which the pilot in command is required to hold an airline transport pilot
 certificate must--
   (i) Hold a current airline transport pilot certificate with appropriate
 ratings for at least one of the types of aircraft used; and
   (ii) Have at least 3 years of experience as a pilot in command of an
 aircraft under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this chapter.
   (2) The chief pilot of a certificate holder who is not conducting any
 operation for which the pilot in command is required to hold an airline
 transport pilot certificate must--
   (i) Hold a current, commercial pilot certificate with an instrument rating.
 If an instrument rating is not required for the pilot in command under this
 part, the chief pilot must hold a current, commercial pilot certificate; and
   (ii) Have at least 3 years of experience as a pilot in command of an
 aircraft under this part, Part 121 or Part 127 of this chapter.
   (c) Director of maintenance. No person may serve as a director of
 maintenance under Sec. 135.37(a) unless that person knows the maintenance
 sections of the certificate holder's manual, the operations specifications,
 the provisions of this part and other applicable regulations necessary for
 the proper performance of the person's duties, and--
   (1) Holds a mechanic certificate with both airframe and powerplant ratings;
 and
   (2) Has at least 3 years of maintenance experience as a certificated
 mechanic on aircraft, including, at the time of appointment as director of
 maintenance, the recent experience requirements of Sec. 65.83 of this chapter
 in the same category and class of aircraft as used by the certificate holder,
 or at least 3 years of experience with a certificated airframe repair
 station, including 1 year in the capacity of approving aircraft for return to
 service.
   (d) Deviation from this section may be authorized if the person has had
 equivalent aeronautical experience. The Flight Standards Division Manager in
 the region of the certificate holding district office may authorize a
 deviation for the director of operations, chief pilot, and the director of
 maintenance.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-18, 47
 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982; Amdt. 133-20, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986; Amdt. 135-
 33, 54 FR 39294, Sept. 25, 1989]






 Sec. 135.41  Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or
     stimulant drugs or substances.

   If the holder of a certificate issued under this part allows any aircraft
 owned or leased by that holder to be engaged in any operation that the
 certificate holder knows to be in violation of Sec. 91.19(a) of this chapter,
 that operation is a basis for suspending or revoking the certificate.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-32, 54
 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34332, August 18, 1989, Sec. 135.41 was
 amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.12(a)" to read "Sec.
 91.19(a)", effective August 18, 1990.






 Sec. 135.43  Crewmember certificate: International operations: Application
     and issue.

   (a) This section provides for the issuance of a crewmember certificate to
 United States citizens who are employed by certificate holders as crewmembers
 on United States registered aircraft engaged in international air commerce.
 The purpose of the certificate is to facilitate the entry and clearance of
 those crewmembers into ICAO contracting states. They are issued under Annex
 9, as amended, to the Convention on International Civil Aviation.
   (b) An application for a crewmember certificate is made on FAA Form 8060-6,
 "Application for Crewmember Certificate," to the FAA Flight Standards
 District Office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder
 by whom the applicant is employed. The certificate is issued on FAA Form
 8060-42, "Crewmember Certificate."
   (c) The holder of a certificate issued under this section, or the
 certificate holder by whom the holder is employed, shall surrender the
 certificate for cancellation at the nearest FAA Flight Standards District
 Office or submit it for cancellation to the Airmen Certification Branch, AAC-
 260, P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125, at the termination of the
 holder's employment with that certificate holder.






                         Subpart B--Flight Operations






 Sec. 135.61  General.

   This subpart prescribes rules, in addition to those in Part 91 of this
 chapter, that apply to operations under this part.






 Sec. 135.63  Recordkeeping requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall keep at its principal business office or
 at other places approved by the Administrator, and shall make available for
 inspection by the Administrator the following--
   (1) The certificate holder's operating certificate;
   (2) The certificate holder's operations specifications;
   (3) A current list of the aircraft used or available for use in operations
 under this part and the operations for which each is equipped; and
   (4) An individual record of each pilot used in operations under this part,
 including the following information:
   (i) The full name of the pilot.
   (ii) The pilot certificate (by type and number) and ratings that the pilot
 holds.
   (iii) The pilot's aeronautical experience in sufficient detail to determine
 the pilot's qualifications to pilot aircraft in operations under this part.
   (iv) The pilot's current duties and the date of the pilot's assignment to
 those duties.
   (v) The effective date and class of the medical certificate that the pilot
 holds.
   (vi) The date and result of each of the initial and recurrent competency
 tests and proficiency and route checks required by this part and the type of
 aircraft flown during that test or check.
   (vii) The pilot's flight time in sufficient detail to determine compliance
 with the flight time limitations of this part.
   (viii) The pilot's check pilot authorization, if any.
   (ix) Any action taken concerning the pilot's release from employment for
 physical or professional disqualification.
   (x) The date of the completion of the initial phase and each recurrent
 phase of the training required by this part.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall keep each record required by paragraph
 (a)(3) of this section for at least 6 months, and each record required by
 paragraph (a)(4) of this section for at least 12 months, after it is made.
   (c) For multiengine aircraft, each certificate holder is responsible for
 the preparation and accuracy of a load manifest in duplicate containing
 information concerning the loading of the aircraft. The manifest must be
 prepared before each takeoff and must include:
   (1) The number of passengers;
   (2) The total weight of the loaded aircraft;
   (3) The maximum allowable takeoff weight for that flight;
   (4) The center of gravity limits;
   (5) The center of gravity of the loaded aircraft, except that the actual
 center of gravity need not be computed if the aircraft is loaded according to
 a loading schedule or other approved method that ensures that the center of
 gravity of the loaded aircraft is within approved limits. In those cases, an
 entry shall be made on the manifest indicating that the center of gravity is
 within limits according to a loading schedule or other approved method;
   (6) The registration number of the aircraft or flight number;
   (7) The origin and destination; and
   (8) Identification of crew members and their crew position assignments.
   (d) The pilot in command of an aircraft for which a load manifest must be
 prepared shall carry a copy of the completed load manifest in the aircraft to
 its destination. The certificate holder shall keep copies of completed load
 manifests for at least 30 days at its principal operations base, or at
 another location used by it and approved by the Administrator.






 Sec. 135.65  Reporting mechanical irregularities.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall provide an aircraft maintenance log to be
 carried on board each aircraft for recording or deferring mechanical
 irregularities and their correction.
   (b) The pilot in command shall enter or have entered in the aircraft
 maintenance log each mechanical irregularity that comes to the pilot's
 attention during flight time. Before each flight, the pilot in command shall,
 if the pilot does not already know, determine the status of each irregularity
 entered in the maintenance log at the end of the preceding flight.
   (c) Each person who takes corrective action or defers action concerning a
 reported or observed failure or malfunction of an airframe, powerplant,
 propeller, rotor, or applicance, shall record the action taken in the
 aircraft maintenance log under the applicable maintenance requirements of
 this chapter.
   (d) Each certificate holder shall establish a procedure for keeping copies
 of the aircraft maintenance log required by this section in the aircraft for
 access by appropriate personnel and shall include that procedure in the
 manual required by Sec. 135.21.






 Sec. 135.67  Reporting potentially hazardous meteorological conditions and
     irregularities of communications or navigation facilities.

   Whenever a pilot encounters a potentially hazardous meteorological
 condition or an irregularity in a ground communications or navigational
 facility in flight, the knowledge of which the pilot considers essential to
 the safety of other flights, the pilot shall notify an appropriate ground
 radio station as soon as practicable.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 1, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 26737, May 7,
 1979]






 Sec. 135.69  Restriction or suspension of operations: Continuation of flight
     in an emergency.

   (a) During operations under this part, if a certificate holder or pilot in
 command knows of conditions, including airport and runway conditions, that
 are a hazard to safe operations, the certificate holder or pilot in command,
 as the case may be, shall restrict or suspend operations as necessary until
 those conditions are corrected.
   (b) No pilot in command may allow a flight to continue toward any airport
 of intended landing under the conditions set forth in paragraph (a) of this
 section, unless, in the opinion of the pilot in command, the conditions that
 are a hazard to safe operations may reasonably be expected to be corrected by
 the estimated time of arrival or, unless there is no safer procedure. In the
 latter event, the continuation toward that airport is an emergency situation
 under Sec. 135.19.






 Sec. 135.71  Airworthiness check.

   The pilot in command may not begin a flight unless the pilot determines
 that the airworthiness inspections required by Sec. 91.409 of this chapter,
 or Sec. 135.419, whichever is applicable, have been made.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-32, 54
 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34332, August 18, 1989, Sec. 135.71 was
 amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.169" to read "Sec. 91.409",
 effective August 18, 1990.






 Sec. 135.73  Inspections and tests.

   Each certificate holder and each person employed by the certificate holder
 shall allow the Administrator, at any time or place, to make inspections or
 tests (including en route inspections) to determine the holder's compliance
 with the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, applicable regulations, and the
 certificate holder's operating certificate, and operations specifications.






 Sec. 135.75  Inspectors credentials: admission to pilots' compartment:
     Forward observer's seat.

   (a) Whenever, in performing the duties of conducting an inspection, an FAA
 inspector presents an Aviation Safety Inspector credential, FAA Form 110A, to
 the pilot in command of an aircraft operated by the certificate holder, the
 inspector must be given free and uninterrupted access to the pilot
 compartment of that aircraft. However, this paragraph does not limit the
 emergency authority of the pilot in command to exclude any person from the
 pilot compartment in the interest of safety.
   (b) A forward observer's seat on the flight deck, or forward passenger seat
 with headset or speaker must be provided for use by the Administrator while
 conducting en route inspections. The suitability of the location of the seat
 and the headset or speaker for use in conducting en route inspections is
 determined by the Administrator.






 Sec. 135.77  Responsibility for operational control.

   Each certificate holder is responsible for operational control and shall
 list, in the manual required by Sec. 135.21, the name and title of each
 person authorized by it to exercise operational control.






 Sec. 135.79  Flight locating requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder must have procedures established for locating
 each flight, for which an FAA flight plan is not filed, that--
   (1) Provide the certificate holder with at least the information required
 to be included in a VFR flight plan;
   (2) Provide for timely notification of an FAA facility or search and rescue
 facility, if an aircraft is overdue or missing; and
   (3) Provide the certificate holder with the location, date, and estimated
 time for reestablishing radio or telephone communications, if the flight will
 operate in an area where communications cannot be maintained.
   (b) Flight locating information shall be retained at the certificate
 holder's principal place of business, or at other places designated by the
 certificate holder in the flight locating procedures, until the completion of
 the flight.
   (c) Each certificate holder shall furnish the representative of the
 Administrator assigned to it with a copy of its flight locating procedures
 and any changes or additions, unless those procedures are included in a
 manual required under this part.






 Sec. 135.81  Informing personnel of operational information and appropriate
     changes.

   Each certificate holder shall inform each person in its employment of the
 operations specifications that apply to that person's duties and
 responsibilities and shall make available to each pilot in the certificate
 holder's employ the following materials in current form:
   (a) Airman's Information Manual (Alaska Supplement in Alaska and Pacific
 Chart Supplement in Pacific-Asia Regions) or a commercial publication that
 contains the same information.
   (b) This part and Part 91 of this chapter.
   (c) Aircraft Equipment Manuals, and Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent.
   (d) For foreign operations, the International Flight Information Manual or
 a commercial publication that contains the same information concerning the
 pertinent operational and entry requirements of the foreign country or
 countries involved.






 Sec. 135.83  Operating information required.

   (a) The operator of an aircraft must provide the following materials, in
 current and appropriate form, accessible to the pilot at the pilot station,
 and the pilot shall use them:
   (1) A cockpit checklist.
   (2) For multiengine aircraft or for aircraft with retractable landing gear,
 an emergency cockpit checklist containing the procedures required by
 paragraph (c) of this section, as appropriate.
   (3) Pertinent aeronautical charts.
   (4) For IFR operations, each pertinent navigational en route, terminal
 area, and approach and letdown chart.
   (5) For multiengine aircraft, one-engine-inoperative climb performance data
 and if the aircraft is approved for use in IFR or over-the-top operations,
 that data must be sufficient to enable the pilot to determine compliance with
 Sec. 135.181(a)(2).
   (b) Each cockpit checklist required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section
 must contain the following procedures:
   (1) Before starting engines;
   (2) Before takeoff;
   (3) Cruise;
   (4) Before landing;
   (5) After landing;
   (6) Stopping engines.
   (c) Each emergency cockpit checklist required by paragraph (a)(2) of this
 section must contain the following procedures, as appropriate:
   (1) Emergency operation of fuel, hydraulic, electrical, and mechanical
 systems.
   (2) Emergency operation of instruments and controls.
   (3) Engine inoperative procedures.
   (4) Any other emergency procedures necessary for safety.






 Sec. 135.85  Carriage of persons without compliance with the passenger-
     carrying provisions of this part.

   The following persons may be carried aboard an aircraft without complying
 with the passenger-carrying requirements of this part:
   (a) A crewmember or other employee of the certificate holder.
   (b) A person necessary for the safe handling of animals on the aircraft.
   (c) A person necessary for the safe handling of hazardous materials (as
 defined in Subchapter C of Title 49 CFR).
   (d) A person performing duty as a security or honor guard accompanying a
 shipment made by or under the authority of the U.S. Government.
   (e) A military courier or a military route supervisor carried by a military
 cargo contract air carrier or commercial operator in operations under a
 military cargo contract, if that carriage is specifically authorized by the
 appropriate military service.
   (f) An authorized representative of the Administrator conducting an en
 route inspection.
   (g) A person, authorized by the Administrator, who is performing a duty
 connected with a cargo operation of the certificate holder.






 Sec. 135.87  Carriage of cargo including carry-on baggage.

   No person may carry cargo, including carry-on baggage, in or on any
 aircraft unless--
   (a) It is carried in an approved cargo rack, bin, or compartment installed
 in or on the aircraft;
   (b) It is secured by an approved means; or
   (c) It is carried in accordance with each of the following:
   (1) For cargo, it is properly secured by a safety belt or other tie-down
 having enough strength to eliminate the possibility of shifting under all
 normally anticipated flight and ground conditions, or for carry-on baggage,
 it is restrained so as to prevent its movement during air turbulence.
   (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid possible injury to occupants.
   (3) It does not impose any load on seats or on the floor structure that
 exceeds the load limitation for those components.
   (4) It is not located in a position that obstructs the access to, or use
 of, any required emergency or regular exit, or the use of the aisle between
 the crew and the passenger compartment, or located in a position that
 obscures any passenger's view of the "seat belt" sign, "no smoking" sign, or
 any required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or other approved means for
 proper notification of the passengers is provided.
   (5) It is not carried directly above seated occupants.
   (6) It is stowed in compliance with this section for takeoff and landing.
   (7) For cargo only operations, paragraph (c)(4) of this section does not
 apply if the cargo is loaded so that at least one emergency or regular exit
 is available to provide all occupants of the aircraft a means of unobstructed
 exit from the aircraft if an emergency occurs.
   (d) Each passenger seat under which baggage is stowed shall be fitted with
 a means to prevent articles of baggage stowed under it from sliding under
 crash impacts severe enough to induce the ultimate inertia forces specified
 in the emergency landing condition regulations under which the aircraft was
 type certificated.
   (e) When cargo is carried in cargo compartments that are designed to
 require the physical entry of a crewmember to extinguish any fire that may
 occur during flight, the cargo must be loaded so as to allow a crewmember to
 effectively reach all parts of the compartment with the contents of a hand
 fire extinguisher.






 Sec. 135.89  Pilot requirements: Use of oxygen.

   (a) Unpressurized aircraft. Each pilot of an unpressurized aircraft shall
 use oxygen continuously when flying--
   (1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet through 12,000 feet MSL for that part of
 the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes duration; and
   (2) Above 12,000 feet MSL.
   (b) Pressurized aircraft. (1) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is operated
 with the cabin pressure altitude more than 10,000 feet MSL, each pilot shall
 comply with paragraph (a) of this section.
   (2) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is operated at altitudes above 25,000
 feet through 35,000 feet MSL, unless each pilot has an approved quick-donning
 type oxygen mask--
   (i) At least one pilot at the controls shall wear, secured and sealed, an
 oxygen mask that either supplies oxygen at all times or automatically
 supplies oxygen whenever the cabin pressure altitude exceeds 12,000 feet MSL;
 and
   (ii) During that flight, each other pilot on flight deck duty shall have an
 oxygen mask, connected to an oxygen supply, located so as to allow immediate
 placing of the mask on the pilot's face sealed and secured for use.
   (3) Whenever a pressurized aircraft is operated at altitudes above 35,000
 feet MSL, at least one pilot at the controls shall wear, secured and sealed,
 an oxygen mask required by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
   (4) If one pilot leaves a pilot duty station of an aircraft when operating
 at altitudes above 25,000 feet MSL, the remaining pilot at the controls shall
 put on and use an approved oxygen mask until the other pilot returns to the
 pilot duty station of the aircraft.






 Sec. 135.91  Oxygen for medical use by passengers.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, no
 certificate holder may allow the carriage or operation of equipment for the
 storage, generation or dispensing of medical oxygen unless the unit to be
 carried is constructed so that all valves, fittings, and gauges are protected
 from damage during that carriage or operation and unless the following
 conditions are met--
   (1) The equipment must be--
   (i) Of an approved type or in conformity with the manufacturing, packaging,
 marking, labeling, and maintenance requirements of Title 49 CFR Parts 171,
 172, and 173, except Sec. 173.24(a)(1);
   (ii) When owned by the certificate holder, maintained under the certificate
 holder's approved maintenance program;
   (iii) Free of flammable contaminants on all exterior surfaces; and
   (iv) Appropriately secured.
   (2) When the oxygen is stored in the form of a liquid, the equipment must
 have been under the certificate holder's approved maintenance program since
 its purchase new or since the storage container was last purged.
   (3) When the oxygen is stored in the form of a compressed gas as defined in
 Title 49 CFR 173.300(a)--
   (i) When owned by the certificate holder, it must be maintained under its
 approved maintenance program; and
   (ii) The pressure in any oxygen cylinder must not exceed the rated cylinder
 pressure.
   (4) The pilot in command must be advised when the equipment is on board,
 and when it is intended to be used.
   (5) The equipment must be stowed, and each person using the equipment must
 be seated, so as not to restrict access to or use of any required emergency
 or regular exit, or of the aisle in the passenger compartment.
   (b) No person may smoke and no certificate holder may allow any person to
 smoke within 10 feet of oxygen storage and dispensing equipment carried under
 paragraph (a) of this section.
   (c) No certificate holder may allow any person other than a person trained
 in the use of medical oxygen equipment to connect or disconnect oxygen
 bottles or any other ancillary component while any passenger is aboard the
 aircraft.
   (d) Paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section does not apply when that equipment
 is furnished by a professional or medical emergency service for use on board
 an aircraft in a medical emergency when no other practical means of
 transportation (including any other properly equipped certificate holder) is
 reasonably available and the person carried under the medical emergency is
 accompanied by a person trained in the use of medical oxygen.
   (e) Each certificate holder who, under the authority of paragraph (d) of
 this section, deviates from paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section under a
 medical emergency shall, within 10 days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and
 Federal holidays, after the deviation, send to the FAA Flight Standards
 District Office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder
 a complete report of the operation involved, including a description of the
 deviation and the reasons for it.






 Sec. 135.93  Autopilot: Minimum altitudes for use.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, no
 person may use an autopilot at an altitude above the terrain which is less
 than 500 feet or less than twice the maximum altitude loss specified in the
 approved Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent for a malfunction of the
 autopilot, whichever is higher.
   (b) When using an instrument approach facility other than ILS, no person
 may use an autopilot at an altitude above the terrain that is less than 50
 feet below the approved minimum descent altitude for that procedure, or less
 than twice the maximum loss specified in the approved Airplane Flight Manual
 or equivalent for a malfunction of the autopilot under approach conditions,
 whichever is higher.
   (c) For ILS approaches, when reported weather conditions are less than the
 basic weather conditions in Sec. 91.155 of this chapter, no person may use an
 autopilot with an approach coupler at an altitude above the terrain that is
 less than 50 feet above the terrain, or the maximum altitude loss specified
 in the approved Airplane Flight Manual or equivalent for the malfunction of
 the autopilot with approach coupler, whichever is higher.
   (d) Without regard to paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, the
 Administrator may issue operations specifications to allow the use, to
 touchdown, of an approved flight control guidance system with automatic
 capability, if--
   (1) The system does not contain any altitude loss (above zero) specified in
 the approved Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent for malfunction of the
 autopilot with approach coupler; and
   (2) The Administrator finds that the use of the system to touchdown will
 not otherwise adversely affect the safety standards of this section.
   (e) This section does not apply to operations conducted in rotorcraft.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-32, 54
 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34332, August 18, 1989, Sec. 135.93 was
 amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.105" to read "Sec. 91.155",
 effective August 18, 1990.






 Sec. 135.95  Airmen: Limitations on use of services.

   No certificate holder may use the services of any person as an airman
 unless the person performing those services--
   (a) Holds an appropriate and current airman certificate; and
   (b) Is qualified, under this chapter, for the operation for which the
 person is to be used.






 Sec. 135.97  Aircraft and facilities for recent flight experience.

   Each certificate holder shall provide aircraft and facilities to enable
 each of its pilots to maintain and demonstrate the pilot's ability to conduct
 all operations for which the pilot is authorized.






 Sec. 135.99  Composition of flight crew.

   (a) No certificate holder may operate an aircraft with less than the
 minimum flight crew specified in the aircraft operating limitations or the
 Aircraft Flight Manual for that aircraft and required by this part for the
 kind of operation being conducted.
   (b) No certificate holder may operate an aircraft without a second in
 command if that aircraft has a passenger seating configuration, excluding any
 pilot seat, of ten seats or more.






 Sec. 135.100  Flight crewmember duties.

   (a) No certificate holder shall require, nor may any flight crewmember
 perform, any duties during a critical phase of flight except those duties
 required for the safe operation of the aircraft. Duties such as company
 required calls made for such nonsafety related purposes as ordering galley
 supplies and confirming passenger connections, announcements made to
 passengers promoting the air carrier or pointing out sights of interest, and
 filling out company payroll and related records are not required for the safe
 operation of the aircraft.
   (b) No flight crewmember may engage in, nor may any pilot in command
 permit, any activity during a critical phase of flight which could distract
 any flight crewmember from the performance of his or her duties or which
 could interfere in any way with the proper conduct of those duties.
 Activities such as eating meals, engaging in nonessential conversations
 within the cockpit and nonessential communications between the cabin and
 cockpit crews, and reading publications not related to the proper conduct of
 the flight are not required for the safe operation of the aircraft.
   (c) For the purposes of this section, critical phases of flight includes
 all ground operations involving taxi, takeoff and landing, and all other
 flight operations conducted below 10,000 feet, except cruise flight.

   Note: Taxi is defined as "movement of an airplane under its own power on
 the surface of an airport."

 [Amdt. 135-11, 46 FR 5502, Jan. 19, 1981]






 Sec. 135.101  Second in command required in IFR conditions.

   Except as provided in Secs. 135.103 and 135.105, no person may operate an
 aircraft carrying passengers in IFR conditions, unless there is a second in
 command in the aircraft.






 Sec. 135.103  Exception to second in command requirement: IFR operations.

   The pilot in command of an aircraft carrying passengers may conduct IFR
 operations without a second in command under the following conditions:
   (a) A takeoff may be conducted under IFR conditions if the weather reports
 or forecasts, or any combination of them, indicate that the weather along the
 planned route of flight allows flight under VFR within 15 minutes flying
 time, at normal cruise speed, from the takeoff airport.
   (b) En route IFR may be conducted if unforecast weather conditions below
 the VFR minimums of this chapter are encountered on a flight that was planned
 to be conducted under VFR.
   (c) An IFR approach may be conducted if, upon arrival at the destination
 airport, unforecast weather conditions do not allow an approach to be
 completed under VFR.
   (d) When IFR operations are conducted under this section:
   (1) The aircraft must be properly equipped for IFR operations under this
 part.
   (2) The pilot must be authorized to conduct IFR operations under this part.
   (3) The flight must be conducted in accordance with an ATC IFR clearance.

 IFR operations without a second in command may not be conducted under this
 section in an aircraft requiring a second in command under Sec. 135.99.






 Sec. 135.105  Exception to second in command requirement: Approval for use of
     autopilot system.

   (a) Except as provided in Secs. 135.99 and 135.111, unless two pilots are
 required by this chapter for operations under VFR, a person may operate an
 aircraft without a second in command, if it is equipped with an operative
 approved autopilot system and the use of that system is authorized by
 appropriate operations specifications. No certificate holder may use any
 person, nor may any person serve, as a pilot in command under this section of
 an aircraft operated by a Commuter Air Carrier (as defined in Sec. 298.2 of
 this title) in passenger-carrying operations unless that person has at least
 100 hours pilot in command flight time in the make and model of aircraft to
 be flown and has met all other applicable requirements of this part.
   (b) The certificate holder may apply for an amendment of its operations
 specifications to authorize the use of an autopilot system in place of a
 second in command.
   (c) The Administrator issues an amendment to the operations specifications
 authorizing the use of an autopilot system, in place of a second in command,
 if--
   (1) The autopilot is capable of operating the aircraft controls to maintain
 flight and maneuver it about the three axes; and
   (2) The certificate holder shows, to the satisfaction of the Administrator,
 that operations using the autopilot system can be conducted safely and in
 compliance with this part.
   The amendment contains any conditions or limitations on the use of the
 autopilot system that the Administrator determines are needed in the interest
 of safety.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-3, 45 FR
 7542, Feb. 4, 1980]






 Sec. 135.107  Flight attendant crewmember requirement.

   No certificate holder may operate an aircraft that has a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of more than 19 unless there is a
 flight attendant crewmember on board the aircraft.






 Sec. 135.109  Pilot in command or second in command: Designation required.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall designate a--
   (1) Pilot in command for each flight; and
   (2) Second in command for each flight requiring two pilots.
   (b) The pilot in command, as designated by the certificate holder, shall
 remain the pilot in command at all times during that flight.






 Sec. 135.111  Second in command required in Category II operations.

   No person may operate an aircraft in a Category II operation unless there
 is a second in command of the aircraft.






 Sec. 135.113  Passenger occupancy of pilot seat.

   No certificate holder may operate an aircraft type certificated after
 October 15, 1971, that has a passenger seating configuration, excluding any
 pilot seat, of more than eight seats if any person other than the pilot in
 command, a second in command, a company check airman, or an authorized
 representative of the Administrator, the National Transportation Safety
 Board, or the United States Postal Service occupies a pilot seat.






 Sec. 135.115  Manipulation of controls.

   No pilot in command may allow any person to manipulate the flight controls
 of an aircraft during flight conducted under this part, nor may any person
 manipulate the controls during such flight unless that person is--
   (a) A pilot employed by the certificate holder and qualified in the
 aircraft; or
   (b) An authorized safety representative of the Administrator who has the
 permission of the pilot in command, is qualified in the aircraft, and is
 checking flight operations.






 Sec. 135.117  Briefing of passengers before flight.

   (a) Before each takeoff each pilot in command of an aircraft carrying
 passengers shall ensure that all passengers have been orally briefed on--
   (1) Smoking. Each passenger shall be briefed on when, where, and under what
 conditions smoking is prohibited (including, but not limited to, any
 applicable requirements of part 252 of this title). This briefing shall
 include a statement that the Federal Aviation Regulations require passenger
 compliance with the lighted passenger information signs (if such signs are
 required), posted placards, areas designated for safety purposes as no
 smoking areas, and crewmember instructions with regard to these items. The
 briefing shall also include a statement (if the aircraft is equipped with a
 lavatory) that Federal law prohibits: tampering with, disabling, or
 destroying any smoke detector installed in an aircraft lavatory; smoking in
 lavatories; and, when applicable, smoking in passenger compartments.
   (2) The use of safety belts, including instructions on how to fasten and
 unfasten the safety belts. Each passenger shall be briefed on when, where,
 and under what conditions the safety belt must be fastened about that
 passenger. This briefing shall include a statement that the Federal Aviation
 Regulations require passenger compliance with lighted passenger information
 signs and crewmember instructions concerning the use of safety belts.
   (3) The placement of seat backs in an upright position before takeoff and
 landing;
   (4) Location and means for opening the passenger entry door and emergency
 exits;
   (5) Location of survival equipment;
   (6) If the flight involves extended overwater operation, ditching
 procedures and the use of required flotation equipment;
   (7) If the flight involves operations above 12,000 feet MSL, the normal and
 emergency use of oxygen; and
   (8) Location and operation of fire extinguishers.
   (b) Before each takeoff the pilot in command shall ensure that each person
 who may need the assistance of another person to move expeditiously to an
 exit if an emergency occurs and that person's attendant, if any, has received
 a briefing as to the procedures to be followed if an evacuation occurs. This
 paragraph does not apply to a person who has been given a briefing before a
 previous leg of a flight in the same aircraft.
   (c) The oral briefing required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be
 given by the pilot in command or a crewmember.
   (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, for
 aircraft certificated to carry 19 passengers or less, the oral briefing
 required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be given by the pilot in
 command, a crewmember, or other qualified person designated by the
 certificate holder and approved by the Administrator.
   (e) The oral briefing required by paragraph (a) shall be supplemented by
 printed cards which must be carried in the aircraft in locations convenient
 for the use of each passenger. The cards must--
   (1) Be appropriate for the aircraft on which they are to be used;
   (2) Contain a diagram of, and method of operating, the emergency exits; and
   (3) Contain other instructions necessary for the use of emergency equipment
 on board the aircraft.
   (f) The briefing required by paragraph (a) may be delivered by means of an
 approved recording playback device that is audible to each passenger under
 normal noise levels.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-9, 51 FR
 40709, Nov. 7, 1986; Amdt. 135-25, 53 FR 12362, Apr. 13, 1988; Amdt. 135-44,
 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992; 57 FR 43776, Sept. 22, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 42662, No. 179, Sept. 15, 1992

 SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations by requiring
 operators and certificate holders to allow the use of approved child
 restraint systems and by updating certain regulations concerning passenger
 and crewmember safety, attitude indicators, and check airmen. This action is
 in response to requests from the public, consumer groups, and Congress;
 reports from FAA inspectors; and investigations and recommendations by the
 National Transportation Safety Board. The rule is intended to increase the
 safety of crewmembers and passengers on board aircraft and to update other
 operational amendments.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 15, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.119  Prohibition against carriage of weapons.

   No person may, while on board an aircraft being operated by a certificate
 holder, carry on or about that person a deadly or dangerous weapon, either
 concealed or unconcealed. This section does not apply to--
   (a) Officials or employees of a municipality or a State, or of the United
 States, who are authorized to carry arms; or
   (b) Crewmembers and other persons authorized by the certificate holder to
 carry arms.






 Sec. 135.121  Alcoholic beverages.

   (a) No person may drink any alcoholic beverage aboard an aircraft unless
 the certificate holder operating the aircraft has served that beverage.
   (b) No certificate holder may serve any alcoholic beverage to any person
 aboard its aircraft if that person appears to be intoxicated.
   (c) No certificate holder may allow any person to board any of its aircraft
 if that person appears to be intoxicated.






 Sec. 135.122  Stowage of food, beverage, and passenger service equipment
   during aircraft movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing.

   (a) No certificate holder may move an aircraft on the surface, take off, or
 land when any food, beverage, or tableware furnished by the certificate
 holder is located at any passenger seat.
   (b) No certificate holder may move an aircraft on the surface, take off, or
 land unless each food and beverage tray and seat back tray table is secured
 in its stowed position.
   (c) No certificate holder may permit an aircraft to move on the surface,
 take off, or land unless each passenger serving cart is secured in its stowed
 position.
   (d) Each passenger shall comply with instructions given by a crewmember
 with regard to compliance with this section.

 [Amdt. 135-44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 42662, No. 179, Sept. 15, 1992

 SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations by requiring
 operators and certificate holders to allow the use of approved child
 restraint systems and by updating certain regulations concerning passenger
 and crewmember safety, attitude indicators, and check airmen. This action is
 in response to requests from the public, consumer groups, and Congress;
 reports from FAA inspectors; and investigations and recommendations by the
 National Transportation Safety Board. The rule is intended to increase the
 safety of crewmembers and passengers on board aircraft and to update other
 operational amendments.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 15, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.123  Emergency and emergency evacuation duties.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall assign to each required crewmember for
 each type of aircraft as appropriate, the necessary functions to be performed
 in an emergency or in a situation requiring emergency evacuation. The
 certificate holder shall ensure that those functions can be practicably
 accomplished, and will meet any reasonably anticipated emergency including
 incapacitation of individual crewmembers or their inability to reach the
 passenger cabin because of shifting cargo in combination cargo-passenger
 aircraft.
   (b) The certificate holder shall describe in the manual required under Sec.
 135.21 the functions of each category of required crewmembers assigned under
 paragraph (a) of this section.






 Sec. 135.125  Airplane security.

   Certificate holders conducting operations under this part shall comply with
 the applicable security requirements in Part 108 of this chapter.

 [Amdt. 135-10, 46 FR 3791, Jan. 15, 1981]






 Sec. 135.127  Passenger information.

   (a) No person may conduct a scheduled flight segment on which smoking is
 prohibited unless the "No Smoking" passenger information signs are lighted
 during the entire flight segment, or one or more "No Smoking" placards
 meeting the requirements of Sec. 25.1541 are posted during the entire flight
 segment. If both the lighted signs and the placards are used, the signs must
 remain lighted during the entire flight segment. Smoking is prohibited on
 scheduled flight segments:
   (1) Between any two points within Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin
 Islands, the District of Columbia, or any State of the United States (other
 than Alaska or Hawaii) or between any two points in any one of the above-
 mentioned jurisdictions (other than Alaska or Hawaii);
   (2) Within the State of Alaska or within the State of Hawaii; or
   (3) Scheduled in the current Worldwide or North American Edition of the
 Official Airline Guide or 6 hours or less in duration and between any point
 listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and any point in Alaska or Hawaii,
 or between any point in Alaska and any point in Hawaii.
   (b) No person may smoke while a "No Smoking" sign is lighted or while "No
 Smoking" placards are posted, except that the pilot in command may authorize
 smoking on the flight deck (if it is physically separated from the passenger
 compartment) except during any movement of an aircraft on the surface,
 takeoff, and landing.
   (c) No person may smoke in any aircraft lavatory.
   (d) After December 31, 1988, no person may operate an aircraft with a
 lavatory equipped with a smoke detector unless there is in that lavatory a
 sign or placard which reads: "Federal law provides for a penalty of up to
 $2,000 for tampering with the smoke detector installed in this lavatory."
   (e) No person may tamper with, disable, or destroy any smoke detector
 installed in any aircraft lavatory.
   (f) On flight segments other than those described in paragraph (a) of this
 section, the "No Smoking" sign required by Sec. 135.177(a)(3) of this part
 must be turned on during any movement of the aircraft on the surface, for
 each takeoff or landing, and at any other time considered necessary by the
 pilot in command.
   (g) The passenger information requirements prescribed in Sec. 91.517 (b)
 and (d) of this chapter are in addition to the requirements prescribed in
 this section.
   (h) Each passenger shall comply with instructions given him or her by
 crewmembers regarding compliance with paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) of this
 section.

 [Doc. No. 25590, Amdt. 135-35, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990; Amdt. 135-35, 55 FR
 20135, May 15, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 135-44, 57 FR 42675, Sept. 15, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 42662, No. 179, Sept. 15, 1992

 SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations by requiring
 operators and certificate holders to allow the use of approved child
 restraint systems and by updating certain regulations concerning passenger
 and crewmember safety, attitude indicators, and check airmen. This action is
 in response to requests from the public, consumer groups, and Congress;
 reports from FAA inspectors; and investigations and recommendations by the
 National Transportation Safety Board. The rule is intended to increase the
 safety of crewmembers and passengers on board aircraft and to update other
 operational amendments.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 15, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.128  Use of safety belts and child restraint systems.

   (a) Except as provided in this paragraph, each person on board an aircraft
 operated under this part shall occupy an approved seat or berth with a
 separate safety belt properly secured about him or her during movement on the
 surface, takeoff, and landing. For seaplane and float equipped rotorcraft
 operations during movement on the surface, the person pushing off the
 seaplane or rotorcraft from the dock and the person mooring the seaplane or
 rotorcraft at the dock are excepted from the preceding seating and safety
 belt requirements. A safety belt provided for the occupant of a seat may not
 be used by more than one person who has reached his or her second birthday.
 Notwithstanding the preceding requirements, a child may:
   (1) Be held by an adult who is occupying an approved seat or berth if that
 child has not reached his or her second birthday; or
   (2) Notwithstanding any other requirement of this chapter, occupy an
 approved child restraint system furnished by the certificate holder or one of
 the persons described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, provided:
   (i) The child is accompanied by a parent, guardian, or attendant designated
 by the child's parent or guardian to attend to the safety of the child during
 the flight;
   (ii) The approved child restraint system bears one or more labels as
 follows:
   (A) Seats manufactured to U.S. standards between January 1, 1981, and
 February 25, 1985, must bear the label: "This child restraint system conforms
 to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards." Vest- and harness-
 type child restraint systems manufactured before February 26, 1985, bearing
 such a label are not approved for the purposes of this section;
   (B) Seats manufactured to U.S. standards on or after February 26, 1985,
 must bear two labels:
   (1) "This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor
 vehicle safety standards"; and
   (2) "THIS RESTRAINT IS CERTIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHICLES AND AIRCRAFT" in
 red lettering;
   (C) Seats that do not qualify under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(A) and
 (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section must bear either a label showing approval of a
 foreign government or a label showing that the seat was manufactured under
 the standards of the United Nations; and
   (iii) The certificate holder complies with the following requirements:
   (A) The restraint system must be properly secured to an approved forward-
 facing seat or berth;
   (B) The child must be properly secured in the restraint system and must not
 exceed the specified weight limit for the restraint system; and
   (C) The restraint system must bear the appropriate label(s).
   (b) No certificate holder may prohibit a child, if requested by the child's
 parent, guardian, or designated attendant from occupying a child restraint
 system furnished by the child's parent, guardian, or designated attendant,
 provided the child holds a ticket for an approved seat or berth, or such seat
 or berth is otherwise made available by the certificate holder for the
 child's use, and the requirements contained in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through
 (a)(2)(iii) of this section are met. This section does not prohibit the
 certificate holder from providing child restraint systems or, consistent with
 safe operating practices, determining the most appropriate passenger seat
 location for the child restraint system.

 [Amdt. 135-44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 42662, No. 179, Sept. 15, 1992

 SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations by requiring
 operators and certificate holders to allow the use of approved child
 restraint systems and by updating certain regulations concerning passenger
 and crewmember safety, attitude indicators, and check airmen. This action is
 in response to requests from the public, consumer groups, and Congress;
 reports from FAA inspectors; and investigations and recommendations by the
 National Transportation Safety Board. The rule is intended to increase the
 safety of crewmembers and passengers on board aircraft and to update other
 operational amendments.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 15, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.129   Exit seating.

   (a)(1) Except for on-demand operations with aircraft having nine or fewer
 passenger seats, each certificate holder shall determine, to the extent
 necessary to perform the applicable functions of paragraph (d) of this
 section, the suitability of each person it permits to occupy an exit seat, in
 accordance with this section. For the purpose of this section--
   (i) Exit seat means--
   (A) Each seat having direct access to an exit; and,
   (B) Each seat in a row of seats through which passengers would have to pass
 to gain access to an exit, from the first seat inboard of the exit to the
 first aisle inboard of the exit.
   (ii) A passenger seat having "direct access" means a seat from which a
 passenger can proceed directly to the exit without entering an aisle or
 passing around an obstruction.
   (2) Each certificate holder shall make the passenger exit seating
 determinations required by this paragraph in a non-discriminatory manner
 consistent with the requirements of this section, by persons designated in
 the certificate holder's required operations manual.
   (3) Each certificate holder shall designate the exit seats for each
 passenger seating configuration in its fleet in accordance with the
 definitions in this paragraph and submit those designations for approval as
 part of the procedures required to be submitted for approval under paragraphs
 (n) and (p) of this section.
   (b) No certificate holder may seat a person in a seat affected by this
 section if the certificate holder determines that it is likely that the
 person would be unable to perform one or more of the applicable functions
 listed in paragraph (d) of this section because--
   (1) The person lacks sufficient mobility, strength, or dexterity in both
 arms and hands, and both legs:
   (i) To reach upward, sideways, and downward to the location of emergency
 exit and exit-slide operating mechanisms;
   (ii) To grasp and push, pull, turn, or otherwise manipulate those
 mechanisms;
   (iii) To push, shove, pull, or otherwise open emergency exits;
   (iv) To lift out, hold, deposit on nearby seats, or maneuver over the
 seatbacks to the next row objects the size and weight of over-wing window
 exit doors;
   (v) To remove obstructions of size and weight similar over-wing exit doors;
   (vi) To reach the emergency exit expeditiously;
   (vii) To maintain balance while removing obstructions;
   (viii) To exit expeditiously;
   (ix) To stabilize an escape slide after deployment; or
   (x) To assist others in getting off an escape slide;
   (2) The person is less than 15 years of age or lacks the capacity to
 perform one or more of the applicable functions listed in paragraph (d) of
 this section without the assistance of an adult companion, parent, or other
 relative;
   (3) The person lacks the ability to read and understand instructions
 required by this section and related to emergency evacuation provided by the
 certificate holder in printed or graphic form or the ability to understand
 oral crew commands.
   (4) The person lacks sufficient visual capacity to perform one or more of
 the applicable functions in paragraph (d) of this section without the
 assistance of visual aids beyond contact lenses or eyeglasses;
   (5) The person lacks sufficient aural capacity to hear and understand
 instructions shouted by flight attendants, without assistance beyond a
 hearing aid;
   (6) The person lacks the ability adequately to impart information orally to
 other passengers; or,
   (7) The person has:
   (i) A condition or responsibilities, such as caring for small children,
 that might prevent the person from performing one or more of the applicable
 functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section; or
   (ii) A condition that might cause the person harm if he or she performs one
 or more of the applicable functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section.
   (c) Each passenger shall comply with instructions given by a crewmember or
 other authorized employee of the certificate holder implementing exit seating
 restrictions established in accordance with this section.
   (d) Each certificate holder shall include on passenger information cards,
 presented in the language in which briefings and oral commands are given by
 the crew, at each exit seat affected by this section, information that, in
 the event of an emergency in which a crewmember is not available to assist, a
 passenger occupying an exit seat may use if called upon to perform the
 following functions:
   (1) Locate the emergency exit;
   (2) Recognize the emergency exit opening mechanism;
   (3) Comprehend the instructions for operating the emergency exit;
   (4) Operate the emergency exit;
   (5) Assess whether opening the emergency exit will increase the hazards to
 which passengers may be exposed;
   (6) Follow oral directions and hand signals given by a crewmember;
   (7) Stow or secure the emergency exit door so that it will not impede use
 of the exit;
   (8) Assess the condition of an escape slide, activate the slide, and
 stabilize the slide after deployment to assist others in getting off the
 slide;
   (9) Pass expeditiously through the emergency exit; and
   (10) Assess, select, and follow a safe path away from the emergency exit.
   (e) Each certificate holder shall include on passenger information cards,
 at each exit seat--
   (1) In the primary language in which emergency commands are given by the
 crew, the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and
 a request that a passenger identify himself or herself to allow reseating if
 he or she--
   (i) Cannot meet the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this
 section;
   (ii) Has a nondiscernible condition that will prevent him or her from
 performing the applicable functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section;
   (iii) May suffer bodily harm as the result of performing one or more of
 those functions; or
   (iv) Does not wish to perform those functions; and,
   (2) In each language used by the certificate holder for passenger
 information cards, a request that a passenger identify himself or herself to
 allow reseating if he or she lacks the ability to read, speak, or understand
 the language or the graphic form in which instructions required by this
 section and related to emergency evacuation are provided by the certificate
 holder, or the ability to understand the specified language in which crew
 commands will be given in an emergency;
   (3) May suffer bodily harm as the result of performing one or more of those
 functions; or,
   (4) Does not wish to perform those functions.
 A certificate holder shall not require the passenger to disclose his or her
 reason for needing reseating.
   (f) Each certificate holder shall make available for inspection by the
 public at all passenger loading gates and ticket counters at each airport
 where it conducts passenger operations, written procedures established for
 making determinations in regard to exit row seating.
   (g) No certificate holder may allow taxi or pushback unless at least one
 required crewmember has verified that no exit seat is occupied by a person
 the crewmember determines is likely to be unable to perform the applicable
 functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section.
   (h) Each certificate holder shall include in its passenger briefings a
 reference to the passenger information cards, required by paragraphs (d) and
 (e), the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b), and the functions to
 be performed, set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
   (i) Each certificate holder shall include in its passenger briefings a
 request that a passenger identify himself or herself to allow reseating if he
 or she--
   (1) Cannot meet the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this
 section;
   (2) Has a nondiscernible condition that will prevent him or her from
 performing the applicable functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section;
   (3) May suffer bodily harm as the result of performing one or more of those
 functions; or,
   (4) Does not wish to perform those functions.
   A certificate holder shall not require the passenger to disclose his or her
 reason for needing reseating.
   (j) [Removed and Reserved]
   (k) In the event a certificate holder determines in accordance with this
 section that it is likely that a passenger assigned to an exit seat would be
 unable to perform the functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section or a
 passenger requests a non-exit seat, the certificate holder shall
 expeditiously relocate the passenger to a non-exit seat.
   (l) In the event of full booking in the non-exit seats and if necessary to
 accommodate a passenger being relocated from an exit seat, the certificate
 holder shall move a passenger who is willing and able to assume the
 evacuation functions that may be required, to an exit seat.
   (m) A certificate holder may deny transportation to any passenger under
 this section only because--
   (1) The passenger refuses to comply with instructions given by a crewmember
 or other authorized employee of the certificate holder implementing exit
 seating restrictions established in accordance with this section, or
   (2) The only seat that will physically accommodate the person's handicap is
 an exit seat.
   (n) In order to comply with this section certificate holders shall--
   (1) Establish procedures that address:
   (i) The criteria listed in paragraph (b) of this section;
   (ii) The functions listed in paragraph (d) of this section;
   (iii) The requirements for airport information, passenger information
 cards, crewmember verification of appropriate seating in exit seats,
 passenger briefings, seat assignments, and denial of transportation as set
 forth in this section;
   (iv) How to resolve disputes arising from implementation of this section,
 including identification of the certificate holder employee on the airport to
 whom complaints should be addressed for resolution; and,
   (2) Submit their procedures for preliminary review and approval to the
 principal operations inspectors assigned to them at the FAA Flight Standards
 District Offices that are charged with the overall inspection of their
 operations.
   (o) Certificate holders shall assign seats prior to boarding consistent
 with the criteria listed in paragraph (b) and the functions listed in
 paragraph (d) of this section, to the maximum extent feasible.
   (p) The procedures required by paragraph (n) of this section will not
 become effective until final approval is granted by the Director, Flight
 Standards Service, Washington, DC. Approval will be based solely upon the
 safety aspects of the certificate holder's procedures.

 [Amdt. 135-36, 55 FR 8073, Mar. 6, 1990, as amended by Amdt. 135-45, 57 FR
 48664, Oct. 27, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 48658, No. 208, Oct. 27, 1992

 SUMMARY: The FAA is amending the exit row seating rule to: (1) Replace the
 term "exit row seat" with the term "exit seat," to clarify that the rule only
 affects seats that provide direct access to an exit and seats in rows through
 which passengers must pass to use an exit; (2) prohibit a passenger from
 sitting in an exit seat if the passenger cannot read, speak, or understand
 the primary language in which emergency oral commands are given by the crew;
 (3) require that passenger information cards notify passengers of this
 prohibition in all of the languages used on the card for more general
 evacuation information; (4) remove the requirement that exit seat information
 on passenger information cards be in each language used on the card for more
 general evacuation information; and (5) prohibit taxi or pushback until a
 crewmember has verified that no exit is occupied by a person the crewmember
 determines is unable to perform those functions required in the event of an
 emergency in which a crewmember is not available to assist. These actions are
 necessary to relieve burdens on both passengers and operators caused by the
 restriction of more seats than is necessary in the interest of safety, to
 ensure that passengers who cannot respond to emergency commands are not
 seated in exit rows, and to remove unnecessarily burdensome and possibly
 misleading language requirements for passenger information cards.

 DATES: Effective October 27, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






                       Subpart C--Aircraft and Equipment






 Sec. 135.141  Applicability.

   This subpart prescribes aircraft and equipment requirements for operations
 under this part. The requirements of this subpart are in addition to the
 aircraft and equipment requirements of Part 91 of this chapter. However, this
 part does not require the duplication of any equipment required by this
 chapter.






 Sec. 135.143  General requirements.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft under this part unless that aircraft
 and its equipment meet the applicable regulations of this chapter.
   (b) Except as provided in Sec. 135.179, no person may operate an aircraft
 under this part unless the required instruments and equipment in it have been
 approved and are in an operable condition.
   (c) ATC transponder equipment installed within the time periods indicated
 below must meet the performance and environmental requirements of the
 following TSO's:
   (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO-
 C74c as appropriate, provided that the equipment was manufactured before
 January 1, 1990; or
   (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S).
   (2) After January 1, 1992: The appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For
 purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, "installation" does not
 include--
   (i) Temporary installation of TSO-C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equipment, as
 appropriate, during maintenance of the permanent equipment;
   (ii) Reinstallation of equipment after temporary removal for maintenance;
 or
   (iii) For fleet operations, installation of equipment in a fleet aircraft
 after removal of the equipment for maintenance from another aircraft in the
 same operator's fleet.

 [Doc.No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-22, 52 FR
 3392, Feb. 3, 1987]






 Sec. 135.145  Aircraft proving tests.

   (a) No certificate holder may operate a turbojet airplane, or an aircraft
 for which two pilots are required by this chapter for operations under VFR,
 if it has not previously proved that aircraft or an aircraft of the same make
 and similar design in any operation under this part unless, in addition to
 the aircraft certification tests, at least 25 hours of proving tests
 acceptable to the Administrator have been flown by that certificate holder
 including--
   (1) Five hours of night time, if night flights are to be authorized;
   (2) Five instrument approach procedures under simulated or actual
 instrument weather conditions, if IFR flights are to be authorized; and
   (3) Entry into a representative number of en route airports as determined
 by the Administrator.
   (b) No certificate holder may carry passengers in an aircraft during
 proving tests, except those needed to make the tests and those designated by
 the Administrator to observe the tests. However, pilot flight training may be
 conducted during the proving tests.
   (c) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section an aircraft is not
 considered to be of similar design if an alteration includes--
   (1) The installation of powerplants other than those of a type similar to
 those with which it is certificated; or
   (2) Alterations to the aircraft or its components that materially affect
 flight characteristics.
   (d) The Administrator may authorize deviations from this section if the
 Administrator finds that special circumstances make full compliance with this
 section unnecessary.






 Sec. 135.147  Dual controls required.

   No person may operate an aircraft in operations requiring two pilots unless
 it is equipped with functioning dual controls. However, if the aircraft type
 certification operating limitations do not require two pilots, a throwover
 control wheel may be used in place of two control wheels.






 Sec. 135.149  Equipment requirements: General.

   No person may operate an aircraft unless it is equipped with--
   (a) A sensitive altimeter that is adjustable for barometric pressure;
   (b) Heating or deicing equipment for each carburetor or, for a pressure
 carburetor, an alternate air source;
   (c) For turbojet airplanes, in addition to two gyroscopic bank-and-pitch
 indicators (artificial horizons) for use at the pilot stations, a third
 indicator that is installed in accordance with the instrument requirements
 prescribed in Sec. 121.305(j) of this chapter.
   (d) [Reserved]
   (e) For turbine powered aircraft, any other equipment as the Administrator
 may require.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 26737, May
 7, 1979; Amdt. 121-209, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989; Amdt. 23-41, 91-220,
 135-38, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 26, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 43306, No. 208, Oct. 26, 1990

   SUMMARY: This final rule amends the airworthiness standards for equipment,
 systems, and installations and establishes airworthiness standards for the
 installation of electronic display instrument systems in normal, utility,
 acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes. It also provides alternative
 airworthiness standards for the instrument configuration for general, air
 taxi and commercial operations. This amendment updates the airworthiness and
 operating requirements to reflect advanced technology being incorporated in
 current designs while maintaining an acceptable level of safety.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: November 26, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.150   Public address and crewmember interphone systems.

   No person may operate an aircraft having a passenger seating configuration,
 excluding any pilot seat, of more than 19 unless it is equipped with--
   (a) A public address system which--
   (1) Is capable of operation independent of the the crewmember interphone
 system required by paragraph (b) of this section, except for handsets,
 headsets, microphones, selector switches, and signaling devices;
   (2) Is approved in accordance with Sec. 21.305 of this chapter;
   (3) Is accessible for immediate use from each of two flight crewmember
 stations in the pilot compartment;
   (4) For each required floor-level passenger emergency exit which has an
 adjacent flight attendant seat, has a microphone which is readily accessible
 to the seated flight attendant, except that one microphone may serve more
 than one exit, provided the proximity of the exits allows unassisted verbal
 communication between seated flight attendants;
   (5) Is capable of operation within 10 seconds by a flight attendant at each
 of those stations in the passenger compartment from which its use is
 accessible;
   (6) Is audible at all passenger seats, lavatories, and flight attendant
 seats and work stations; and
   (7) For transport category airplanes manufactured on or after [insert a
 date one year after the effective date of this amendment], meets the
 requirements of Sec. 25.1423 of this chapter.
   (b) A crewmember interphone system which--
   (1) Is capable of operation independent of the public address system
 required by paragraph (a) of this section, except for handsets, headsets,
 microphones, selector switches, and signaling devices;
   (2) Is approved in accordance with Sec. 21.305 of this chapter;
   (3) Provides a means of two-way communication between the pilot compartment
 and--
   (i) Each passenger compartment; and
   (ii) Each galley located on other than the main passenger deck level;
   (4) Is accessible for immediate use from each of two flight crewmember
 stations in the pilot compartment;
   (5) Is accessible for use from at least one normal flight attendant station
 in each passenger compartment;
   (6) Is capable of operation within 10 seconds by a flight attendant at each
 of those stations in each passenger compartment from which its use is
 accessible; and
   (7) For large turbojet-powered airplanes--
   (i) Is accessible for use at enough flight attendant stations so that all
 floor-level emergency exits (or entryways to those exits in the case of exits
 located within galleys) in each passenger compartment are observable from one
 or more of those stations so equipped;
   (ii) Has an alerting system incorporating aural or visual signals for use
 by flight crewmembers to alert flight attendants and for use by flight
 attendants to alert flight crewmembers;
   (iii) For the alerting system required by paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this
 section, has a means for the recipient of a call to determine whether it is a
 normal call or an emergency call; and
   (iv) When the airplane is on the ground, provides a means of two-way
 communication between ground personnel and either of at least two flight
 crewmembers in the pilot compartment. The interphone system station for use
 by ground personnel must be so located that personnel using the system may
 avoid visible detection from within the airplane.

 [Doc. No. 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989]






 Sec. 135.151  Cockpit voice recorders.

   (a) After October 11, 1991, no person may operate a multiengine, turbine-
 powered airplane or rotorcraft having a passenger seating configuration of
 six or more and for which two pilots are required by certification or
 operating rules unless it is equipped with an approved cockpit voice recorder
 that:
   (1) Is installed in compliance with Sec. 23.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c),
 (d), (e), (f), and (g); Sec. 25.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f),
 and (g); Sec. 27.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g); or
 Sec. 29.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this
 chapter, as applicable; and
   (2) Is operated continuously from the use of the check list before the
 flight to completion of the final check list at the end of the flight.
   (b) After October 11, 1991, no person may operate a multiengine, turbine-
 powered airplane or rotorcraft having a passenger seating configuration of 20
 or more seats unless it is equipped with an approved cockpit voice recorder
 that--
   (1) Is installed in compliance with Sec. 23.1457, Sec. 25.1457, Sec.
 27.1457 or Sec. 29.1457 of this chapter, as applicable; and
   (2) Is operated continuously from the use of the check list before the
 flight to completion of the final check list at the end of the flight.
   (c) In the event of an accident, or occurrence requiring immediate
 notification of the National Transportation Safety Board which results in
 termination of the flight, the certificate holder shall keep the recorded
 information for at least 60 days or, if requested by the Administrator or the
 Board, for a longer period. Information obtained from the record may be used
 to assist in determining the cause of accidents or occurrences in connection
 with investigations. The Administrator does not use the record in any civil
 penalty or certificate action.
   (d) For those aircraft equipped to record the uninterrupted audio signals
 received by a boom or a mask microphone the flight crewmembers are required
 to use the boom microphone below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No person may
 operate a large turbine engine powered airplane manufactured after October
 11, 1991, or on which a cockpit voice recorder has been installed after
 October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped to record the uninterrupted audio
 signal received by a boom or mask microphone in accordance with Sec.
 25.1457(c)(5) of this chapter.
   (e) In complying with this section, an approved cockpit voice recorder
 having an erasure feature may be used, so that during the operation of the
 recorder, information:
   (1) Recorded in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and recorded
 more than 15 minutes earlier; or
   (2) Recorded in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section and recorded
 more than 30 minutes earlier; may be erased or otherwise obliterated.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-23, 52
 FR 9637, Mar. 25, 1987; Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988]






 Sec. 135.152  Flight recorders.

   (a) No person may operate a multiengine, turbine-powered airplane or
 rotorcraft having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot
 seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that is brought onto the U.S. register after October
 11, 1991, unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders
 that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data, and a method of
 readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The parameters
 specified in Appendix B or C, as applicable, of this part must be recorded
 within the range accuracy, resolution, and recording intervals as specified.
 The recorder shall retain no less than 8 hours of aircraft operation.
   (b) After October 11, 1991, no person may operate a multiengine, turbine-
 powered airplane having a passenger seating configuration of 20 to 30 seats
 or a multiengine, turbine-powered rotorcraft having a passenger seating
 configuration of 20 or more seats unless it is equipped with one or more
 approved flight recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and
 storing data, and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage
 medium. The parameters in Appendix D or E of this part, as applicable, that
 are set forth below, must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies,
 resolutions, and sampling intervals as specified.
   (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section for aircraft
 type certificated before October 1, 1969, the following parameters must be
 recorded:

   (i) Time;
   (ii) Altitude;
   (iii) Airspeed;
   (iv) Vertical acceleration;
   (v) Heading;
   (vi) Time of each radio transmission to or from air traffic control;
   (vii) Pitch attitude;
   (viii) Roll attitude;
   (ix) Longitudinal acceleration;
   (x) Control column or pitch control surface position; and
   (xi) Thrust of each engine.

   (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section for aircraft
 type certificated after September 30, 1969, the following parameters must be
 recorded:

   (i) Time;
   (ii) Altitude;
   (iii) Airspeed;
   (iv) Vertical acceleration;
   (v) Heading;
   (vi) Time of each radio transmission either to or from air traffic control;
   (vii) Pitch attitude;
   (viii) Roll attitude;
   (ix) Longitudinal acceleration;
   (x) Pitch trim position;
   (xi) Control column or pitch control surface position;
   (xii) Control wheel or lateral control surface position;
   (xiii) Rudder pedal or yaw control surface position;
   (xiv) Thrust of each engine;
   (xv) Position of each thrust reverser;
   (xvi) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap control position; and
   (xvii) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap control position.

   (3) For aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991, all of the parameters
 listed in Appendix D or E of this part, as applicable, must be recorded.
   (c) Whenever a flight recorder required by this section is installed, it
 must be operated continuously from the instant the airplane begins the
 takeoff roll or the rotorcraft begins the lift-off until the airplane has
 completed the landing roll or the rotorcraft has landed at its destination.
   (d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and except for
 recorded data erased as authorized in this paragraph, each certificate holder
 shall keep the recorded data prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section
 until the aircraft has been operating for at least 8 hours of the operating
 time specified in paragraph (c) of this section. In addition, each
 certificate holder shall keep the recorded data prescribed in paragraph (b)
 of this section for an airplane until the airplane has been operating for at
 least 25 hours, and for a rotorcraft until the rotorcraft has been operating
 for at least 10 hours, of the operating time specified in paragraph (c) of
 this section. A total of 1 hour of recorded data may be erased for the
 purpose of testing the flight recorder or the flight recorder system. Any
 erasure made in accordance with this paragraph must be of the oldest recorded
 data accumulated at the time of testing. Except as provided in paragraph (c)
 of this section, no record need be kept more than 60 days.
   (e) In the event of an accident or occurrence that requires the immediate
 notification of the National Transportation Safety Board under 49 CFR Part
 830 of its regulations and that results in termination of the flight, the
 certificate holder shall remove the recording media from the aircraft and
 keep the recorded data required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section for
 at least 60 days or for a longer period upon request of the Board or the
 Administrator.
   (f) Each flight recorder required by this section must be installed in
 accordance with the requirements of Secs. 23.1459, 25.1459, 27.1459, or
 29.1459, as appropriate, of this chapter. The correlation required by
 paragraph (c) of Secs. 23.1459, 25.1459, 27.1459, or 29.1459, as appropriate,
 of this chapter need be established only on one aircraft of a group of
 aircraft:
   (1) That are of the same type;
   (2) On which the flight recorder models and their installations are the
 same; and
   (3) On which there are no differences in the type design with respect to
 the installation of the first pilot's instruments associated with the flight
 recorder. The most recent instrument calibration, including the recording
 medium from which this calibration is derived, and the recorder correlation
 must be retained by the certificate holder.
   (g) Each flight recorder required by this section that records the data
 specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must have an approved
 device to assist in locating that recorder under water.

 [Doc. No. 25530, Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26151, July 11, 1988]






 Sec. 135.153   Ground proximity warning system.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, after April 20,
 1994, no person may operate a turbine-powered airplane having a passenger
 seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more, unless
 it is equipped with an approved ground proximity warning system.
   (b) Any airplane equipped before April 20, 1992, with an alternative system
 that conveys warnings of excessive closure rates with the terrain and any
 deviations below glide slope by visual and audible means may continue to be
 operated with that system until April 20, 1996, provided that--
   (1) The system must have been approved by the Administrator;
   (2) The system must have a means of alerting the pilot when a malfunction
 occurs in the system; and
   (3) Procedures must have been established by the certificate holder to
 ensure that the performance of the system can be appropriately monitored.
   (c) For a system required by this section, the Airplane Flight Manual shall
 contain--
   (1) Appropriate procedures for--
   (i) The use of the equipment;
   (ii) Proper flight crew action with respect to the equipment; and
   (iii) Deactivation for planned abnormal and emergency conditions; and
   (2) An outline of all input sources that must be operating.
   (d) No person may deactivate a system required by this section except under
 procedures in the Airplane Flight Manual.
   (e) Whenever a system required by this section is deactivated, an entry
 shall be made in the airplane maintenance record that includes the date and
 time of deactivation.

 [Amdt. 135-42, 57 FR 9951, Mar. 20, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 9944, No. 55, Mar. 20, 1992

   SUMMARY: This final rule revises the operating rules for air taxi and
 commercial operators by requiring that all turbine-powered (rather than just
 turbojet) airplanes with ten or more seats be equipped with an approved
 ground proximity warning system. These changes are needed because studies
 have shown that several controlled flight into terrain accidents involving
 turbo-propeller powered airplanes might have been avoided had the airplanes
 been equipped with a ground proximity warning system. This final rule is
 intended to reduce the risk of airplanes being flown into terrain with no
 awareness by the crews that they are approaching the ground.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: April 20, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.155  Fire extinguishers: Passenger-carrying aircraft.

   No person may operate an aircraft carrying passengers unless it is equipped
 with hand fire extinguishers of an approved type for use in crew and
 passenger compartments as follows--
   (a) The type and quantity of extinguishing agent must be suitable for the
 kinds of fires likely to occur;
   (b) At least one hand fire extinguisher must be provided and conveniently
 located on the flight deck for use by the flight crew; and
   (c) At least one hand fire extinguisher must be conveniently located in the
 passenger compartment of each aircraft having a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of at least 10 seats but less than
 31 seats.






 Sec. 135.157  Oxygen equipment requirements.

   (a) Unpressurized aircraft. No person may operate an unpressurized aircraft
 at altitudes prescribed in this section unless it is equipped with enough
 oxygen dispensers and oxygen to supply the pilots under Sec. 135.89(a) and to
 supply, when flying--
   (1) At altitudes above 10,000 feet through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at
 least 10 percent of the occupants of the aircraft, other than the pilots, for
 that part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes
 duration; and
   (2) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to each occupant of the aircraft other
 than the pilots.
   (b) Pressurized aircraft. No person may operate a pressurized aircraft--
   (1) At altitudes above 25,000 feet MSL, unless at least a 10-minute supply
 of supplemental oxygen is available for each occupant of the aircraft, other
 than the pilots, for use when a descent is necessary due to loss of cabin
 pressurization; and
   (2) Unless it is equipped with enough oxygen dispensers and oxygen to
 comply with paragraph (a) of this section whenever the cabin pressure
 altitude exceeds 10,000 feet MSL and, if the cabin pressurization fails, to
 comply with Sec. 135.89 (a) or to provide a 2-hour supply for each pilot,
 whichever is greater, and to supply when flying--
   (i) At altitudes above 10,000 feet through 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to at
 least 10 percent of the occupants of the aircraft, other than the pilots, for
 that part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes
 duration; and
   (ii) Above 15,000 feet MSL, oxygen to each occupant of the aircraft, other
 than the pilots, for one hour unless, at all times during flight above that
 altitude, the aircraft can safely descend to 15,000 feet MSL within four
 minutes, in which case only a 30-minute supply is required.
   (c) The equipment required by this section must have a means--
   (1) To enable the pilots to readily determine, in flight, the amount of
 oxygen available in each source of supply and whether the oxygen is being
 delivered to the dispensing units; or
   (2) In the case of individual dispensing units, to enable each user to make
 those determinations with respect to that person's oxygen supply and
 delivery; and
   (3) To allow the pilots to use undiluted oxygen at their discretion at
 altitudes above 25,000 feet MSL.






 Sec. 135.158  Pitot heat indication systems.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, after April 12,
 1981, no person may operate a transport category airplane equipped with a
 flight instrument pitot heating system unless the airplane is also equipped
 with an operable pitot heat indication system that complies with Sec. 25.1326
 of this chapter in effect on April 12, 1978.
   (b) A certificate holder may obtain an extension of the April 12, 1981,
 compliance date specified in paragraph (a) of this section, but not beyond
 April 12, 1983, from the Director, Flight Standards Service if the
 certificate holder--
   (1) Shows that due to circumstances beyond its control it cannot comply by
 the specified compliance date; and
   (2) Submits by the specified compliance date a schedule for compliance,
 acceptable to the Director, indicating that compliance will be achieved at
 the earliest practicable date.

 [Amdt. 135-17, 46 FR 48306, Aug. 31, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 135-33, 54 FR
 39294, Sept. 25, 1989]






 Sec. 135.159  Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night
     or under VFR over-the-top conditions.

   No person may operate an aircraft carrying passengers under VFR at night or
 under VFR over-the-top, unless it is equipped with--
   (a) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator except on the following aircraft:
   (1) Airplanes with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight
 attitudes of 360 degrees of pitch-and-roll and installed in accordance with
 the instrument requirements prescribed in Sec. 121.305(j) of this chapter.
   (2) Helicopters with a third attitude instrument system usable through
 flight attitudes of +/-80 degrees of pitch and +/-120 degrees of roll and
 installed in accordance with Sec. 29.1303(g) of this chapter.
   (3) Helicopters with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds
 or less.
   (b) A slip skid indicator.
   (c) A gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indicator.
   (d) A gyroscopic direction indicator.
   (e) A generator or generators able to supply all probable combinations of
 continuous in-flight electrical loads for required equipment and for
 recharging the battery.
   (f) For night flights--
   (1) An anticollision light system;
   (2) Instrument lights to make all instruments, switches, and gauges easily
 readable, the direct rays of which are shielded from the pilots' eyes; and
   (3) A flashlight having at least two size "D" cells or equivalent.
   (g) For the purpose of paragraph (e) of this section, a continuous in-
 flight electrical load includes one that draws current continuously during
 flight, such as radio equipment and electrically driven instruments and
 lights, but does not include occasional intermittent loads.
   (h) Notwithstanding provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters
 having a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less may be
 operated until January 6, 1988, under visual flight rules at night without a
 slip skid indicator, a gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indicator, or a gyroscopic
 direction indicator.

 [Doc. No. 24550, Amdt. No. 135-20, 51 FR 40709, Nov. 7, 1986, as amended
 by Amdt. No. 23-41, 91-220, 135-38, 55 FR 43310, Oct. 26, 1990]

 *****************************************************************************


 55 FR 43306, No. 208, Oct. 26, 1990

   SUMMARY: This final rule amends the airworthiness standards for equipment,
 systems, and installations and establishes airworthiness standards for the
 installation of electronic display instrument systems in normal, utility,
 acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes. It also provides alternative
 airworthiness standards for the instrument configuration for general, air
 taxi and commercial operations. This amendment updates the airworthiness and
 operating requirements to reflect advanced technology being incorporated in
 current designs while maintaining an acceptable level of safety.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: November 26, 1990.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.161  Radio and navigational equipment: Carrying passengers under VFR
     at night or under VFR over-the-top.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft carrying passengers under VFR at
 night, or under VFR over-the-top, unless it has two-way radio communications
 equipment able, at least in flight, to transmit to, and receive from, ground
 facilities 25 miles away.
   (b) No person may operate an aircraft carrying passengers under VFR over-
 the-top unless it has radio navigational equipment able to receive radio
 signals from the ground facilities to be used.
   (c) No person may operate an airplane carrying passengers under VFR at
 night unless it has radio navigational equipment able to receive radio
 signals from the ground facilities to be used.






 Sec. 135.163  Equipment requirements: Aircraft carrying passengers under IFR.

   No person may operate an aircraft under IFR, carrying passengers, unless it
 has--
   (a) A vertical speed indicator;
   (b) A free-air temperature indicator;
   (c) A heated pitot tube for each airspeed indicator;
   (d) A power failure warning device or vacuum indicator to show the power
 available for gyroscopic instruments from each power source;
   (e) An alternate source of static pressure for the altimeter and the
 airspeed and vertical speed indicators;
   (f) For a single-engine aircraft, a generator or generators able to supply
 all probable combinations of continuous inflight electrical loads for
 required equipment and for recharging the battery;
   (g) For multiengine aircraft, at least two generators each of which is on a
 separate engine, of which any combination of one-half of the total number are
 rated sufficiently to supply the electrical loads of all required instruments
 and equipment necessary for safe emergency operation of the aircraft except
 that for multiengine helicopters, the two required generators may be mounted
 on the main rotor drive train; and
   (h) Two independent sources of energy (with means of selecting either), of
 which at least one is an engine-driven pump or generator, each of which is
 able to drive all gyroscopic instruments and installed so that failure of one
 instrument or source does not interfere with the energy supply to the
 remaining instruments or the other energy source, unless, for single-engine
 aircraft, the rate-of-turn indicator has a source of energy separate from the
 bank and pitch and direction indicators. For the purpose of this paragraph,
 for multiengine aircraft, each engine-driven source of energy must be on a
 different engine.
   (i) For the purpose of paragraph (f) of this section, a continuous inflight
 electrical load includes one that draws current continuously during flight,
 such as radio equipment, electrically driven instruments, and lights, but
 does not include occasional intermittent loads.






 Sec. 135.165  Radio and navigational equipment: Extended overwater or IFR
     operations.

   (a) No person may operate a turbojet airplane having a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more, or a
 multiengine airplane carrying passengers as a "Commuter Air Carrier" as
 defined in Part 298 of this title, under IFR or in extended overwater
 operations unless it has at least the following radio communication and
 navigational equipment appropriate to the facilities to be used which are
 capable of transmitting to, and receiving from, at any place on the route to
 be flown, at least one ground facility:
   (1) Two transmitters, (2) two microphones, (3) two headsets or one headset
 and one speaker, (4) a marker beacon receiver, (5) two independent receivers
 for navigation, and (6) two independent receivers for communications.
   (b) No person may operate an aircraft other than that specified in
 paragraph (a) of this section, under IFR or in extended overwater operations
 unless it has at least the following radio communication and navigational
 equipment appropriate to the facilities to be used and which are capable of
 transmitting to, and receiving from, at any place on the route, at least one
 ground facility:
   (1) A transmitter, (2) two microphones, (3) two headsets or one headset and
 one speaker, (4) a marker beacon receiver, (5) two independent receivers for
 navigation, (6) two independent receivers for communications, and (7) for
 extended overwater operations only, an additional transmitter.
   (c) For the purpose of paragraphs (a)(5), (a)(6), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of
 this section, a receiver is independent if the function of any part of it
 does not depend on the functioning of any part of another receiver. However,
 a receiver that can receive both communications and navigational signals may
 be used in place of a separate communications receiver and a separate
 navigational signal receiver.






 Sec. 135.167  Emergency equipment: Extended overwater operations.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft in extended overwater operations
 unless it carries, installed in conspicuously marked locations easily
 accessible to the occupants if a ditching occurs, the following equipment:
   (1) An approved life preserver equipped with an approved survivor locator
 light for each occupant of the aircraft. The life preserver must be easily
 accessible to each seated occupant.
   (2) Enough approved liferafts of a rated capacity and buoyancy to
 accommodate the occupants of the aircraft.
   (b) Each liferaft required by paragraph (a) of this section must be
 equipped with or contain at least the following:
   (1) One approved survivor locator light.
   (2) One approved pyrotechnic signaling device.
   (3) Either--
   (i) One survival kit, appropriately equipped for the route to be flown; or
   (ii) One canopy (for sail, sunshade, or rain catcher);
   (iii) One radar reflector;
   (iv) One liferaft repair kit;
   (v) One bailing bucket;
   (vi) One signaling mirror;
   (vii) One police whistle;
   (viii) One raft knife;
   (ix) One CO2 bottle for emergency inflation;
    (x) One inflation pump;
   (xi) Two oars;
   (xii) One 75-foot retaining line;
   (xiii) One magnetic compass;
   (xiv) One dye marker;
    (xv) One flashlight having at least two size "D" cells or equivalent;
   (xvi) A 2-day supply of emergency food rations supplying at least 1,000
 calories per day for each person;
   (xvii) For each two persons the raft is rated to carry, two pints of water
 or one sea water desalting kit;
   (xviii) One fishing kit; and
   (xix) One book on survival appropriate for the area in which the aircraft
 is operated.
   (c) No person may operate an aircraft in extended overwater operations
 unless there is attached to one of the life rafts required by paragraph (a)
 of this section, a survival type emergency locator transmitter that meets the
 applicable requirements of TSO-C91. Batteries used in this transmitter must
 be replaced (or recharged, if the battery is rechargeable) when the
 transmitter has been in use for more than 1 cumulative hour, and also when 50
 percent of their useful life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 percent of
 their useful life of charge), as established by the transmitter manufacturer
 under TSO-C91, paragraph (g)(2) of this section has expired. The new
 expiration date for the replacement or recharged battery must be legibly
 marked on the outside of the transmitter. The battery useful life or useful
 life of charge requirements of this paragraph do not apply to batteries (such
 as water-activated batteries) that are essentially unaffected during probable
 storage intervals.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-4, 45 FR
 38348, June 30, 1980; Amdt. 135-20, 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.169  Additional airworthiness requirements.

   (a) Except for commuter category airplanes, no person may operate a large
 airplane unless it meets the additional airworthiness requirements of Secs.
 121.213 through 121.283, 121.307, and 121.312 of this chapter.
   (b) No person may operate a reciprocating-engine or turbopropeller-powered
 small airplane that has a passenger seating configuration, excluding pilot
 seats, of 10 seats or more unless it is type certificated--
   (1) In the transport category;
   (2) Before July 1, 1970, in the normal category and meets special
 conditions issued by the Administrator for airplanes intended for use in
 operations under this part;
   (3) Before July 19, 1970, in the normal category and meets the additional
 airworthiness standards in Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 23;
   (4) In the normal category and meets the additional airworthiness standards
 in Appendix A;
   (5) In the normal category and complies with section 1.(a) of Special
 Federal Aviation Regulation No. 41;
   (6) In the normal category and complies with section 1.(b) of Special
 Federal Aviation Regulation No. 41; or
   (7) In the commuter category.
   (c) No person may operate a small airplane with a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more, with a seating
 configuration greater than the maximum seating configuration used in that
 type airplane in operations under this part before August 19, 1977. This
 paragraph does not apply to--
   (1) An airplane that is type certificated in the transport category; or
   (2) An airplane that complies with--
   (i) Appendix A of this part provided that its passenger seating
 configuration, excluding pilot seats, does not exceed 19 seats; or
   (ii) Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 41.
   (d) Cargo or baggage compartments:
   (1) After March 20, 1991, each Class C or D compartment, as defined in Sec.
 25.857 of Part 25 of this Chapter, greater than 200 cubic feet in volume in a
 transport category airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958, must
 have ceiling and sidewall panels which are constructed of:
   (i) Glass fiber reinforced resin;
   (ii) Materials which meet the test requirements of Part 25, Appendix F,
 Part III of this Chapter; or
   (iii) In the case of liner installations approved prior to March 20, 1989,
 aluminum.
   (2) For compliance with this paragraph, the term "liner" includes any
 design feature, such as a joint or fastener, which would affect the
 capability of the liner to safely contain a fire.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 53731, Sept.
 17, 1979; Amdt. 135-21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 1987; 52 FR 34745, Sept. 14,
 1987; Amdt. 135-31, 54 FR 7389, Feb. 17, 1989]






 Sec. 135.170  Materials for compartment interiors.

   No person may operate an airplane that conforms to an amended or
 supplemental type certificate issued in accordance with SFAR No. 41 for a
 maximum certificated takeoff weight in excess of 12,500 pounds, unless within
 one year after issuance of the initial airworthiness certificate under that
 SFAR, the airplane meets the compartment interior requirements set forth in
 Sec. 25.853 (a), (b), (b-1), (b-2), and (b-3) of this chapter in effect on
 September 26, 1978.

 [44 FR 53731, Sept. 17, 1979]






 Sec. 135.171   Shoulder harness installation at flight crewmember stations.

   (a) No person may operate a turbojet aircraft or an aircraft having a
 passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or
 more unless it is equipped with an approved shoulder harness installed for
 each flight crewmember station.
   (b) Each flight crewmember occupying a station equipped with a shoulder
 harness must fasten the shoulder harness during takeoff and landing, except
 that the shoulder harness may be unfastened if the crewmember cannot perform
 the required duties with the shoulder harness fastened.






 Sec. 135.173   Airborne thunderstorm detection equipment requirements.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft that has a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or more in passenger-
 carrying operations, except a helicopter operating under day VFR conditions,
 unless the aircraft is equipped with either approved thunderstorm detection
 equipment or approved airborne weather radar equipment.
   (b) After January 6, 1988, no person may operate a helicopter that has a
 passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10 seats or
 more in passenger-carrying operations, under night VFR when current weather
 reports indicate that thunderstorms or other potentially hazardous weather
 conditions that can be detected with airborne thunderstorm detection
 equipment may reasonably be expected along the route to be flown, unless the
 helicopter is equipped with either approved thunderstorm detection equipment
 or approved airborne weather radar equipment.
   (c) No person may begin a flight under IFR or night VFR conditions when
 current weather reports indicate that thunderstorms or other potentially
 hazardous weather conditions that can be detected with airborne thunderstorm
 detection equipment, required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, may
 reasonably be expected along the route to be flown, unless the airborne
 thunderstorm detection equipment is in satisfactory operating condition.
   (d) If the airborne thunderstorm detection equipment becomes inoperative en
 route, the aircraft must be operated under the instructions and procedures
 specified for that event in the manual required by Sec. 135.21.
   (e) This section does not apply to aircraft used solely within the State of
 Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, within that part of Canada west of
 longitude 130 degrees W, between latitude 70 degrees N, and latitude 53
 degrees N, or during any training, test, or ferry flight.
   (f) Without regard to any other provision of this part, an alternate
 electrical power supply is not required for airborne thunderstorm detection
 equipment.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-20, 51
 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.175   Airborne weather radar equipment requirements.

   (a) No person may operate a large, transport category aircraft in
 passenger-carrying operations unless approved airborne weather radar
 equipment is installed in the aircraft.
   (b) No person may begin a flight under IFR or night VFR conditions when
 current weather reports indicate that thunderstorms, or other potentially
 hazardous weather conditions that can be detected with airborne weather radar
 equipment, may reasonably be expected along the route to be flown, unless the
 airborne weather radar equipment required by paragraph (a) of this section is
 in satisfactory operating condition.
   (c) If the airborne weather radar equipment becomes inoperative en route,
 the aircraft must be operated under the instructions and procedures specified
 for that event in the manual required by Sec. 135.21.
   (d) This section does not apply to aircraft used solely within the State of
 Hawaii, within the State of Alaska, within that part of Canada west of
 longitude 130 degrees W, between latitude 70 degrees N, and latitude 53
 degrees N, or during any training, test, or ferry flight.
   (e) Without regard to any other provision of this part, an alternate
 electrical power supply is not required for airborne weather radar equipment.






 Sec. 135.177   Emergency equipment requirements for aircraft having a
     passenger seating configuration of more than 19 passengers.

   (a) No person may operate an aircraft having a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of more than 19 seats unless it is
 equipped with the following emergency equipment:
   (1) One approved first aid kit for treatment of injuries likely to occur in
 flight or in a minor accident, which meets the following specifications and
 requirements:
   (i) Each first aid kit must be dust and moisture proof, and contain only
 materials that either meet Federal Specifications GGK-319a, as revised, or as
 approved by the Administrator.
   (ii) Required first aid kits must be readily accessible to the cabin flight
 attendants.
   (iii) At time of takeoff, each first aid kit must contain at least the
 following or other contents approved by the Administrator:

                               Contents                            Quantity

     Adhesive bandage compressors, 1 in                                  16
     Antiseptic swabs                                                    20
     Ammonia inhalants                                                   10
     Bandage compressors, 4 in                                            8
     Triangular bandage compressors, 40 in                                5
     Arm splint, noninflatable                                            1
     Leg splint, noninflatable                                            1
     Roller bandage, 4 in                                                 4
     Adhesive tape, 1-in standard roll                                    2
     Bandage scissors                                                     1

   (2) A crash axe carried so as to be accessible to the crew but inaccessible
 to passengers during normal operations.
   (3) Signs that are visible to all occupants to notify them when smoking is
 prohibited and when safety belts must be fastened. The signs must be
 constructed so that they can be turned on during any movement of the aircraft
 on the surface, for each takeoff or landing, and at other times considered
 necessary by the pilot in command. "No smoking" signs shall be turned on when
 required by Sec. 135.127.
   (4) [Reserved]
   (b) Each item of equipment must be inspected regularly under inspection
 periods established in the operations specifications to ensure its condition
 for continued serviceability and immediate readiness to perform its intended
 emergency purposes.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-25, 53
 FR 12362, Apr. 13, 1988; Amdt. 135-43, 57 FR 19245, May 4, 1992; Amdt.
 135-44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 135-47, 59 FR 1781, Jan. 12, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 1780, No. 8, Jan. 12, 1994

   SUMMARY: This amendment revises the regulations concerning first aid kits
 required on board air carrier, air taxi, and commercial aircraft to remove
 the burn compound from the list of items required for the kits. This
 amendment responds to a petition from Air Transport Association, supported by
 the American Red Cross, that the burn compound be removed from the kits since
 the use of ice or cold water is the preferred treatment for minor burns. This
 amendment will relieve affected operators from the expense of having to
 periodically replace an item in the first aid kits that is not needed.

   DATES: Effective date: January 12, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.178   Additional emergency equipment.

   No person may operate an airplane having a passenger seating configuration
 of more than 19 seats, unless it has the additional emergency equipment
 specified in paragraphs (a) through (l) of this section.
   (a) Means for emergency evacuation. Each passenger-carrying landplane
 emergency exit (other than over-the-wing) that is more than 6 feet from the
 ground, with the airplane on the ground and the landing gear extended, must
 have an approved means to assist the occupants in descending to the ground.
 The assisting means for a floor-level emergency exit must meet the
 requirements of Sec. 25.809(f)(1) of this chapter in effect on April 30,
 1972, except that, for any airplane for which the application for the type
 certificate was filed after that date, it must meet the requirements under
 which the airplane was type certificated. An assisting means that deploys
 automatically must be armed during taxiing, takeoffs, and landings; however,
 the Administrator may grant a deviation from the requirement of automatic
 deployment if he finds that the design of the exit makes compliance
 impractical, if the assisting means automatically erects upon deployment and,
 with respect to required emergency exits, if an emergency evacuation
 demonstration is conducted in accordance with Sec. 121.291(a) of this
 chapter. This paragraph does not apply to the rear window emergency exit of
 Douglas DC-3 airplanes operated with fewer than 36 occupants, including
 crewmembers, and fewer than five exits authorized for passenger use.
   (b) Interior emergency exit marking. The following must be complied with
 for each passenger-carrying airplane:
   (1) Each passenger emergency exit, its means of access, and its means of
 opening must be conspicuously marked. The identity and location of each
 passenger emergency exit must be recognizable from a distance equal to the
 width of the cabin. The location of each passenger emergency exit must be
 indicated by a sign visible to occupants approaching along the main passenger
 aisle. There must be a locating sign--
   (i) Above the aisle near each over-the-wing passenger emergency exit, or at
 another ceiling location if it is more practical because of low headroom;
   (ii) Next to each floor level passenger emergency exit, except that one
 sign may serve two such exits if they both can be seen readily from that
 sign; and
   (iii) On each bulkhead or divider that prevents fore and aft vision along
 the passenger cabin, to indicate emergency exits beyond and obscured by it,
 except that if this is not possible, the sign may be placed at another
 appropriate location.
   (2) Each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must meet
 the following:
   (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed prior to May 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit marking and each
 locating sign must be manufactured to meet the requirements of Sec. 25.812(b)
 of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972. On these airplanes, no sign may
 continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness) decreases to below 100
 microlamberts. The colors may be reversed if it increases the emergency
 illumination of the passenger compartment. However, the Administrator may
 authorize deviation from the 2-inch background requirements if he finds that
 special circumstances exist that make compliance impractical and that the
 proposed deviation provides an equivalent level of safety.
   (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed on or after May 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit marking and each
 locating sign must be manufactured to meet the interior emergency exit
 marking requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. On these
 airplanes, no sign may continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness)
 decreases to below 250 microlamberts.
   (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit markings. Each passenger-carrying
 airplane must have an emergency lighting system, independent of the main
 lighting system; however, sources of general cabin illumination may be common
 to both the emergency and the main lighting systems if the power supply to
 the emergency lighting system is independent of the power supply to the main
 lighting system. The emergency lighting system must--
   (1) Illuminate each passenger exit marking and locating sign;
   (2) Provide enough general lighting in the passenger cabin so that the
 average illumination when measured at 40-inch intervals at seat armrest
 height, on the centerline of the main passenger aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-
 candles; and
   (3) For airplanes type certificated after January 1, 1958, include floor
 proximity emergency escape path marking which meets the requirements of Sec.
 25.812(e) of this chapter in effect on November 26, 1984.
   (d) Emergency light operation. Except for lights forming part of emergency
 lighting subsystems provided in compliance with Sec. 25.812(h) of this
 chapter (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section) that serve no more
 than one assist means, are independent of the airplane's main emergency
 lighting systems, and are automatically activated when the assist means is
 deployed, each light required by paragraphs (c) and (h) of this section must:
   (1) Be operable manually both from the flightcrew station and from a point
 in the passenger compartment that is readily accessible to a normal flight
 attendant seat;
   (2) Have a means to prevent inadvertent operation of the manual controls;
   (3) When armed or turned on at either station, remain lighted or become
 lighted upon interruption of the airplane's normal electric power;
   (4) Be armed or turned on during taxiing, takeoff, and landing. In showing
 compliance with this paragraph, a transverse vertical separation of the
 fuselage need not be considered;
   (5) Provide the required level of illumination for at least 10 minutes at
 the critical ambient conditions after emergency landing; and
   (6) Have a cockpit control device that has an "on," "off," and "armed"
 position.
   (e) Emergency exit operating handles. (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane
 for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1,
 1972, the location of each passenger emergency exit operating handle, and
 instructions for opening the exit, must be shown by a marking on or near the
 exit that is readable from a distance of 30 inches. In addition, for each
 Type I and Type II emergency exit with a locking mechanism released by rotary
 motion of the handle, the instructions for opening must be shown by--
   (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least three-fourths inch wide and a head
 twice the width of the shaft, extending along at least 70 deg.  of arc at a
 radius approximately equal to three-fourths of the handle length; and
   (ii) The word "open" in red letters 1 inch high placed horizontally near
 the head of the arrow.
   (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane for which the application for the
 type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, the location of each
 passenger emergency exit operating handle and instructions for opening the
 exit must be shown in accordance with the requirements under which the
 airplane was type certificated. On these airplanes, no operating handle or
 operating handle cover may continue to be used if its luminescence
 (brightness) decreases to below 100 microlamberts.
   (f) Emergency exit access. Access to emergency exits must be provided as
 follows for each passenger-carrying airplane:
   (1) Each passageway between individual passenger areas, or leading to a
 Type I or Type II emergency exit, must be unobstructed and at least 20 inches
 wide.
   (2) There must be enough space next to each Type I or Type II emergency
 exit to allow a crewmember to assist in the evacuation of passengers without
 reducing the unobstructed width of the passageway below that required in
 paragraph (f)(1) of this section; however, the Administrator may authorize
 deviation from this requirement for an airplane certificated under the
 provisions of part 4b of the Civil Air Regulations in effect before December
 20, 1951, if he finds that special circumstances exist that provide an
 equivalent level of safety.
   (3) There must be access from the main aisle to each Type III and Type IV
 exit. The access from the aisle to these exits must not be obstructed by
 seats, berths, or other protrusions in a manner that would reduce the
 effectiveness of the exit. In addition, for a transport category airplane
 type certificated after January 1, 1958, there must be placards installed in
 accordance with Sec. 25.813(c)(3) of this chapter for each Type III exit
 after December 3, 1992.
   (4) If it is necessary to pass through a passageway between passenger
 compartments to reach any required emergency exit from any seat in the
 passenger cabin, the passageway must not be obstructed. Curtains may,
 however, be used if they allow free entry through the passageway.
   (5) No door may be installed in any partition between passenger
 compartments.
   (6) If it is necessary to pass through a doorway separating the passenger
 cabin from other areas to reach a required emergency exit from any passenger
 seat, the door must have a means to latch it in the open position, and the
 door must be latched open during each takeoff and landing. The latching means
 must be able to withstand the loads imposed upon it when the door is
 subjected to the ultimate inertia forces, relative to the surrounding
 structure, listed in Sec. 25.561(b) of this chapter.
   (g) Exterior exit markings. Each passenger emergency exit and the means of
 opening that exit from the outside must be marked on the outside of the
 airplane. There must be a 2-inch colored band outlining each passenger
 emergency exit on the side of the fuselage. Each outside marking, including
 the band, must be readily distinguishable from the surrounding fuselage area
 by contrast in color. The markings must comply with the following:
   (1) If the reflectance of the darker color is 15 percent or less, the
 reflectance of the lighter color must be at least 45 percent.
   (2) If the reflectance of the darker color is greater than 15 percent, at
 least a 30 percent difference between its reflectance and the reflectance of
 the lighter color must be provided.
   (3) Exits that are not in the side of the fuselage must have the external
 means of opening and applicable instructions marked conspicuously in red or,
 if red is inconspicuous against the background color, in bright chrome yellow
 and, when the opening means for such an exit is located on only one side of
 the fuselage, a conspicuous marking to that effect must be provided on the
 other side. "Reflectance" is the ratio of the luminous flux reflected by a
 body to the luminous flux it receives.
   (h) Exterior emergency lighting and escape route. (1) Each passenger-
 carrying airplane must be equipped with exterior lighting that meets the
 following requirements:
   (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed prior to May 1, 1972, the requirements of Sec. 25.812 (f) and (g) of
 this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972.
   (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exterior emergency lighting requirements
 under which the airplane was type certificated.
   (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane must be equipped with a slip-resistant
 escape route that meets the following requirements:
   (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed prior to May 1, 1972, the requirements of Sec. 25.803(e) of this
 chapter in effect on April 30, 1972.
   (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was
 filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-resistant escape route requirements
 under which the airplane was type certificated.
   (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level door or exit in the side of the
 fuselage (other than those leading into a cargo or baggage compartment that
 is not accessible from the passenger cabin) that is 44 or more inches high
 and 20 or more inches wide, but not wider than 46 inches, each passenger
 ventral exit (except the ventral exits on Martin 404 and Convair 240
 airplanes), and each tail cone exit, must meet the requirements of this
 section for floor level emergency exits. However, the Administrator may grant
 a deviation from this paragraph if he finds that circumstances make full
 compliance impractical and that an acceptable level of safety has been
 achieved.
   (j) Additional emergency exits. Approved emergency exits in the passenger
 compartments that are in excess of the minimum number of required emergency
 exits must meet all of the applicable provisions of this section, except
 paragraphs (f) (1), (2), and (3) of this section, and must be readily
 accessible.
   (k) On each large passenger-carrying turbojet-powered airplane, each
 ventral exit and tailcone exit must be--
   (1) Designed and constructed so that it cannot be opened during flight; and
   (2) Marked with a placard readable from a distance of 30 inches and
 installed at a conspicuous location near the means of opening the exit,
 stating that the exit has been designed and constructed so that it cannot be
 opened during flight.
   (l) Portable lights. No person may operate a passenger-carrying airplane
 unless it is equipped with flashlight stowage provisions accessible from each
 flight attendant seat.

 [Doc. No. 26530, Amdt. 135-43, 57 FR 19245, May 4, 1992; 57 FR 29120,
 June 30, 1992, as amended at 57 FR 34682, Aug. 6, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 34681, No. 152, Aug. 6, 1992

   SUMMARY: In the May 4, 1992, issue of the Federal Register (57 FR 19220),
 the FAA published a final rule amending its regulations to require improved
 access to Type III emergency exits (typically smaller overwing exits) in
 transport category airplanes with 60 or more passengers. Those changes affect
 air carriers and commercial operators of transport category airplanes
 operating under the provisions of part 121 of the Federal Aviation
 Regulations (FAR) and air taxi and commercial operators of such airplanes
 under the provisions of part 135 of the FAR. This document corrects an error
 in that final rule.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: June 3, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.179  Inoperable instruments and equipment.

   (a) No person may take off an aircraft with inoperable instruments or
 equipment installed unless the following conditions are met:
   (1) An approved Minimum Equipment List exists for that aircraft.
   (2) The Flight Standards District Office having certification
 responsibility has issued the certificate holder operations specifications
 authorizing operations in accordance with an approved Minimum Equipment List.
 The flight crew shall have direct access at all times prior to flight to all
 of the information contained in the approved Minimum Equipment List through
 printed or other means approved by the Administrator in the certificate
 holders operations specifications. An approved Minimum Equipment List, as
 authorized by the operations specifications, constitutes an approved change
 to the type design without requiring recertification.
   (3) The approved Minimum Equipment List must:
   (i) Be prepared in accordance with the limitations specified in paragraph
 (b) of this section.
   (ii) Provide for the operation of the aircraft with certain instruments and
 equipment in an inoperable condition.
   (4) Records identifying the inoperable instruments and equipment and the
 information required by (a)(3)(ii) of this section must be available to the
 pilot.
   (5) The aircraft is operated under all applicable conditions and
 limitations contained in the Minimum Equipment List and the operations
 specifications authorizing use of the Minimum Equipment List.
   (b) The following instruments and equipment may not be included in the
 Minimum Equipment List:
   (1) Instruments and equipment that are either specifically or otherwise
 required by the airworthiness requirements under which the airplane is type
 certificated and which are essential for safe operations under all operating
 conditions.
   (2) Instruments and equipment required by an airworthiness directive to be
 in operable condition unless the airworthiness directive provides otherwise.
   (3) Instruments and equipment required for specific operations by this
 part.
   (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3) of this section, an
 aircraft with inoperable instruments or equipment may be operated under a
 special flight permit under Secs. 21.197 and 21.199 of this chapter.

 [Amdt. 135-39, 56 FR 12311, Mar. 22, 1991; 56 FR 14290, Apr. 8, 1991]

 *****************************************************************************


 56 FR 12306, No. 56, Mar. 22, 1991

   SUMMARY: This amendment provides for the development and use of Minimum
 Equipment Lists (MEL) for certain single-engine air carrier aircraft. In
 addition, this amendment revises the requirements for the use of an MEL to
 make them consistent throughout the regulations. This action is needed to
 provide for the implementation of MEL authorizations through the issuance of
 operations specifications. The changes streamline administrative procedures
 and provide greater consistency in the MEL authorization process.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: June 20, 1991.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.180   Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System.

   (a) After February 9, 1995 no person may operate a turbine powered airplane
 that has a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of 10
 to 30 seats unless it is equipped with an approved traffic alert and
 collision avoidance system.
   (b) The airplane flight manual required by Sec. 135.21 of this part shall
 contain the following information on the TCAS I system required by this
 section:
   (1) Appropriate procedures for--
   (i) The use of the equipment; and
   (ii) Proper flightcrew action with respect to the equipment operation.
   (2) An outline of all input sources that must be operating for the TCAS to
 function properly.

 [Doc. No. 25355, Amdt. 135-30, 54 FR 951, Jan. 10, 1989]






 Sec. 135.181  Performance requirements: Aircraft operated over-the-top or in
     IFR conditions.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, no person
 may--
   (1) Operate a single-engine aircraft carrying passengers over-the-top or in
 IFR conditions; or
   (2) Operate a multiengine aircraft carrying passengers over-the-top or in
 IFR conditions at a weight that will not allow it to climb, with the critical
 engine inoperative, at least 50 feet a minute when operating at the MEAs of
 the route to be flown or 5,000 feet MSL, whichever is higher.
   (b) Notwithstanding the restrictions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section,
 multiengine helicopters carrying passengers offshore may conduct such
 operations in over-the-top or in IFR conditions at a weight that will allow
 the helicopter to climb at least 50 feet per minute with the critical engine
 inoperative when operating at the MEA of the route to be flown or 1,500 feet
 MSL, whichever is higher.
   (c) Without regard to paragraph (a) of this section--
   (1) If the latest weather reports or forecasts, or any combination of them,
 indicate that the weather along the planned route (including takeoff and
 landing) allows flight under VFR under the ceiling (if a ceiling exists) and
 that the weather is forecast to remain so until at least 1 hour after the
 estimated time of arrival at the destination, a person may operate an
 aircraft over-the-top; or
   (2) If the latest weather reports or forecasts, or any combination of them,
 indicate that the weather along the planned route allows flight under VFR
 under the ceiling (if a ceiling exists) beginning at a point no more than 15
 minutes flying time at normal cruise speed from the departure airport, a
 person may--
   (i) Take off from the departure airport in IFR conditions and fly in IFR
 conditions to a point no more than 15 minutes flying time at normal cruise
 speed from that airport;
   (ii) Operate an aircraft in IFR conditions if unforecast weather conditions
 are encountered while en route on a flight planned to be conducted under VFR;
 and
   (iii) Make an IFR approach at the destination airport if unforecast weather
 conditions are encountered at the airport that do not allow an approach to be
 completed under VFR.
   (d) Without regard to paragraph (a) of this section, a person may operate
 an aircraft over-the-top under conditions allowing--
   (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent or continuance of the flight under
 VFR if its critical engine fails; or
   (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent under VFR if its engine fails.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-20, 51
 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.183  Performance requirements: Land aircraft operated over water.

   No person may operate a land aircraft carrying passengers over water
 unless--
   (a) It is operated at an altitude that allows it to reach land in the case
 of engine failure;
   (b) It is necessary for takeoff or landing;
   (c) It is a multiengine aircraft operated at a weight that will allow it to
 climb, with the critical engine inoperative, at least 50 feet a minute, at an
 altitude of 1,000 feet above the surface; or
   (d) It is a helicopter equipped with helicopter flotation devices.






 Sec. 135.185  Empty weight and center of gravity: Currency requirement.

   (a) No person may operate a multiengine aircraft unless the current empty
 weight and center of gravity are calculated from values established by actual
 weighing of the aircraft within the preceding 36 calendar months.
   (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to--
   (1) Aircraft issued an original airworthiness certificate within the
 preceding 36 calendar months; and
   (2) Aircraft operated under a weight and balance system approved in the
 operations specifications of the certificate holder.


       Subpart D--VFR/IFR Operating Limitations and Weather Requirements






 Sec. 135.201  Applicability.

   This subpart prescribes the operating limitations for VFR/IFR flight
 operations and associated weather requirements for operations under this
 part.



 Sec. 135.203  VFR: Minimum altitudes.

   Except when necessary for takeoff and landing, no person may operate under
 VFR--
   (a) An airplane--
   (1) During the day, below 500 feet above the surface or less than 500 feet
 horizontally from any obstacle; or
   (2) At night, at an altitude less than 1,000 feet above the highest
 obstacle within a horizontal distance of 5 miles from the course intended to
 be flown or, in designated mountainous terrain, less than 2,000 feet above
 the highest obstacle within a horizontal distance of 5 miles from the course
 intended to be flown; or
   (b) A helicopter over a congested area at an altitude less than 300 feet
 above the surface.






 Sec. 135.205  VFR: Visibility requirements.

   (a) No person may operate an airplane under VFR in uncontrolled airspace
 when the ceiling is less than 1,000 feet unless flight visibility is at least
 2 miles.
   (b) No person may operate a helicopter under VFR in uncontrolled airspace
 at an altitude of 1,200 feet or less above the surface or in control zones
 unless the visibility is at least--
   (1) During the day-- 1/2  mile; or
   (2) At night--1 mile.

   EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: Amdt. 135-41, 56 FR 65663, Dec. 17, 1991; 57 FR 11575,
 Apr. 6, 1992, revised the introductory text of paragraph (b) of Sec. 135.205
 effective September 16, 1993. For the convenience of the user, the revised
 text is set forth as follows:

 Sec. 135.205   VFR: Visibility requirements.

 * * * * *

   (b) No person may operate a helicopter under VFR in Class G airspace at an
 altitude of 1,200 feet or less above the surface or within the lateral
 boundaries of the surface areas of Class B, Class C, Class D, or Class E
 airspace designated for an airport unless the visibility is at least--

 *****************************************************************************


 56 FR 65638, No. 242, Dec. 17, 1991

   SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR) to
 adopt certain recommendations of the National Airspace Review (NAR)
 concerning changes to regulations and procedures in regard to airspace
 classifications. These changes are intended to: (1) Simplify airspace
 designations; (2) achieve international commonality of airspace designations;
 (3) increase standardization of equipment requirements for operations in
 various classifications of airspace; (4) describe appropriate pilot
 certificate requirements, visual flight rules (VFR) visibility and distance
 from cloud rules, and air traffic services offered in each class of airspace;
 and (5) satisfy the responsibilities of the United States as a member of the
 International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). The final rule also amends
 the requirement for minimum distance from clouds in certain airspace areas
 and the requirements for communications with air traffic control (ATC) in
 certain airspace areas; eliminates airport radar service areas (ARSAs),
 control zones, and terminal control areas (TCAs) as airspace classifications;
 and eliminates the term "airport traffic area." The FAA believes simplified
 airspace classifications will reduce existing airspace complexity and thereby
 enhance safety.

   EFFECTIVE DATE: These regulations become effective September 16, 1993,
 except that Secs. 11.61(c), 91.215(d), 71.601, 71.603, 71.605, 71.607, and
 71.609 and Part 75 become effective December 12, 1991, and except that
 amendatory instruction number 20, Sec. 71.1, is effective as of December 17,
 1991 through September 15, 1993, and that Secs. 71.11 and 71.19 become
 effective October 15, 1992. The incorporation by reference of FAA Order
 7400.7 in Sec. 71.1 (amendatory instruction number 20) is approved by the
 Director of the Federal Register as of December 17, 1991, through September
 15, 1993. The incorporation by reference of FAA Order 7400.9 in Sec. 71.1
 (amendatory instruction number 24) is approved by the Director of the
 Federal Register as of September 16, 1993 through September 15, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.207  VFR: Helicopter surface reference requirements.

   No person may operate a helicopter under VFR unless that person has visual
 surface reference or, at night, visual surface light reference, sufficient to
 safely control the helicopter.






 Sec. 135.209  VFR: Fuel supply.

   (a) No person may begin a flight operation in an airplane under VFR unless,
 considering wind and forecast weather conditions, it has enough fuel to fly
 to the first point of intended landing and, assuming normal cruising fuel
 consumption--
   (1) During the day, to fly after that for at least 30 minutes; or
   (2) At night, to fly after that for at least 45 minutes.
   (b) No person may begin a flight operation in a helicopter under VFR
 unless, considering wind and forecast weather conditions, it has enough fuel
 to fly to the first point of intended landing and, assuming normal cruising
 fuel consumption, to fly after that for at least 20 minutes.






 Sec. 135.211  VFR: Over-the-top carrying passengers: Operating limitations.

   Subject to any additional limitations in Sec. 135.181, no person may
 operate an aircraft under VFR over-the-top carrying passengers, unless--
   (a) Weather reports or forecasts, or any combination of them, indicate that
 the weather at the intended point of termination of over-the-top flight--
   (1) Allows descent to beneath the ceiling under VFR and is forecast to
 remain so until at least 1 hour after the estimated time of arrival at that
 point; or
   (2) Allows an IFR approach and landing with flight clear of the clouds
 until reaching the prescribed initial approach altitude over the final
 approach facility, unless the approach is made with the use of radar under
 Sec. 91.175(f) of this chapter; or
   (b) It is operated under conditions allowing--
   (1) For multiengine aircraft, descent or continuation of the flight under
 VFR if its critical engine fails; or
   (2) For single-engine aircraft, descent under VFR if its engine fails.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-32, 54
 FR 34332, Aug. 18, 1989]

   Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 34332, August 18, 1989, Sec. 135.211(a)(2)
 was amended by changing the cross reference "Sec. 91.116(f)" to read "Sec.
 91.175(f)", effective August 18, 1990.






 Sec. 135.213  Weather reports and forecasts.

   (a) Whenever a person operating an aircraft under this part is required to
 use a weather report or forecast, that person shall use that of the U.S.
 National Weather Service, a source approved by the U.S. National Weather
 Service, or a source approved by the Administrator. However, for operations
 under VFR, the pilot in command may, if such a report is not available, use
 weather information based on that pilot's own observations or on those of
 other persons competent to supply appropriate observations.
   (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, weather observations
 made and furnished to pilots to conduct IFR operations at an airport must be
 taken at the airport where those IFR operations are conducted, unless the
 Administrator issues operations specifications allowing the use of weather
 observations taken at a location not at the airport where the IFR operations
 are conducted. The Administrator issues such operations specifications when,
 after investigation by the U.S. National Weather Service and the FAA Flight
 Standards District Office charged with the overall inspection of the
 certificate holder, it is found that the standards of safety for that
 operation would allow the deviation from this paragraph for a particular
 operation for which an ATCO operating certificate has been issued.






 Sec. 135.215  IFR: Operating limitations.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, no
 person may operate an aircraft under IFR outside of controlled airspace or at
 any airport that does not have an approved standard instrument approach
 procedure.
   (b) The Administrator may issue operations specifications to the
 certificate holder to allow it to operate under IFR over routes outside
 controlled airspace if--
   (1) The certificate holder shows the Administrator that the flight crew is
 able to navigate, without visual reference to the ground, over an intended
 track without deviating more than 5 degrees or 5 miles, whichever is less,
 from that track; and
   (2) The Administrator determines that the proposed operations can be
 conducted safely.
   (c) A person may operate an aircraft under IFR outside of controlled
 airspace if the certificate holder has been approved for the operations and
 that operation is necessary to--
   (1) Conduct an instrument approach to an airport for which there is in use
 a current approved standard or special instrument approach procedure; or
   (2) Climb into controlled airspace during an approved missed approach
 procedure; or
   (3) Make an IFR departure from an airport having an approved instrument
 approach procedure.
   (d) The Administrator may issue operations specifications to the
 certificate holder to allow it to depart at an airport that does not have an
 approved standard instrument approach procedure when the Administrator
 determines that it is necessary to make an IFR departure from that airport
 and that the proposed operations can be conducted safely. The approval to
 operate at that airport does not include an approval to make an IFR approach
 to that airport.






 Sec. 135.217  IFR: Takeoff limitations.

   No person may takeoff an aircraft under IFR from an airport where weather
 conditions are at or above takeoff minimums but are below authorized IFR
 landing minimums unless there is an alternate airport within 1 hour's flying
 time (at normal cruising speed, in still air) of the airport of departure.






 Sec. 135.219  IFR: Destination airport weather minimums.

   No person may take off an aircraft under IFR or begin an IFR or over-the-
 top operation unless the latest weather reports or forecasts, or any
 combination of them, indicate that weather conditions at the estimated time
 of arrival at the next airport of intended landing will be at or above
 authorized IFR landing minimums.






 Sec. 135.221  IFR: Alternate airport weather minimums.

   No person may designate an alternate airport unless the weather reports or
 forecasts, or any combination of them, indicate that the weather conditions
 will be at or above authorized alternate airport landing minimums for that
 airport at the estimated time of arrival.






 Sec. 135.223  IFR: Alternate airport requirements.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may
 operate an aircraft in IFR conditions unless it carries enough fuel
 (considering weather reports or forecasts or any combination of them) to--
   (1) Complete the flight to the first airport of intended landing;
   (2) Fly from that airport to the alternate airport; and
   (3) Fly after that for 45 minutes at normal cruising speed or, for
 helicopters, fly after that for 30 minutes at normal cruising speed.
   (b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section does not apply if Part 97 of this
 chapter prescribes a standard instrument approach procedure for the first
 airport of intended landing and, for at least one hour before and after the
 estimated time of arrival, the appropriate weather reports or forecasts, or
 any combination of them, indicate that--
   (1) The ceiling will be at least 1,500 feet above the lowest circling
 approach MDA; or
   (2) If a circling instrument approach is not authorized for the airport,
 the ceiling will be at least 1,500 feet above the lowest published minimum or
 2,000 feet above the airport elevation, whichever is higher; and
   (3) Visibility for that airport is forecast to be at least three miles, or
 two miles more than the lowest applicable visibility minimums, whichever is
 the greater, for the instrument approach procedure to be used at the
 destination airport.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-20, 51
 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.225  IFR: Takeoff, approach and landing minimums.

   (a) No pilot may begin an instrument approach procedure to an airport
 unless--
   (1) That airport has a weather reporting facility operated by the U.S.
 National Weather Service, a source approved by U.S. National Weather Service,
 or a source approved by the Administrator; and
   (2) The latest weather report issued by that weather reporting facility
 indicates that weather conditions are at or above the authorized IFR landing
 minimums for that airport.
   (b) No pilot may begin the final approach segment of an instrument approach
 procedure to an airport unless the latest weather reported by the facility
 described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section indicates that weather
 conditions are at or above the authorized IFR landing minimums for that
 procedure.
   (c) If a pilot has begun the final approach segment of an instrument
 approach to an airport under paragraph (b) of this section and a later
 weather report indicating below minimum conditions is received after the
 aircraft is--
   (1) On an ILS final approach and has passed the final approach fix; or
   (2) On an ASR or PAR final approach and has been turned over to the final
 approach controller; or
   (3) On a final approach using a VOR, NDB, or comparable approach procedure;
 and the aircraft--
   (i) Has passed the appropriate facility or final approach fix; or
   (ii) Where a final approach fix is not specified, has completed the
 procedure turn and is established inbound toward the airport on the final
 approach course within the distance prescribed in the procedure; the approach
 may be continued and a landing made if the pilot finds, upon reaching the
 authorized MDA or DH, that actual weather conditions are at least equal to
 the minimums prescribed for the procedure.
   (d) The MDA or DH and visibility landing minimums prescribed in Part 97 of
 this chapter or in the operator's operations specifications are increased by
 100 feet and 1/2  mile respectively, but not to exceed the ceiling and
 visibility minimums for that airport when used as an alternate airport, for
 each pilot in command of a turbine-powered airplane who has not served at
 least 100 hours as pilot in command in that type of airplane.
   (e) Each pilot making an IFR takeoff or approach and landing at a military
 or foreign airport shall comply with applicable instrument approach
 procedures and weather minimums prescribed by the authority having
 jurisdiction over that airport. In addition, no pilot may, at that airport--
   (1) Take off under IFR when the visibility is less than 1 mile; or
   (2) Make an instrument approach when the visibility is less than 1/2  mile.
   (f) If takeoff minimums are specified in Part 97 of this chapter for the
 takeoff airport, no pilot may take off an aircraft under IFR when the weather
 conditions reported by the facility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
 section are less than the takeoff minimums specified for the takeoff airport
 in Part 97 or in the certificate holder's operations specifications.
   (g) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, if takeoff
 minimums are not prescribed in Part 97 of this chapter for the takeoff
 airport, no pilot may take off an aircraft under IFR when the weather
 conditions reported by the facility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
 section are less than that prescribed in Part 91 of this chapter or in the
 certificate holder's operations specifications.
   (h) At airports where straight-in instrument approach procedures are
 authorized, a pilot may take off an aircraft under IFR when the weather
 conditions reported by the facility described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
 section are equal to or better than the lowest straight-in landing minimums,
 unless otherwise restricted, if--
   (1) The wind direction and velocity at the time of takeoff are such that a
 straight-in instrument approach can be made to the runway served by the
 instrument approach;
   (2) The associated ground facilities upon which the landing minimums are
 predicated and the related airborne equipment are in normal operation; and
   (3) The certificate holder has been approved for such operations.






 Sec. 135.227  Icing conditions: Operating limitations.

   (a) No pilot may take off an aircraft that has frost, ice, or snow adhering
 to any rotor blade, propeller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or control
 surface, to a powerplant installation, or to an airspeed, altimeter, rate of
 climb, or flight attitude instrument system, except under the following
 conditions:
   (1) Takeoffs may be made with frost adhering to the wings, or stabilizing
 or control surfaces, if the frost has been polished to make it smooth.
   (2) Takeoffs may be made with frost under the wing in the area of the fuel
 tanks if authorized by the Administrator.
   (b) No certificate holder may authorize an airplane to take off and no
 pilot may take off an airplane any time conditions are such that frost, ice,
 or snow may reasonably be expected to adhere to the airplane unless the pilot
 has completed all applicable training as required by Sec. 135.341 and unless
 one of the following requirements is met:
   (1) A pretakeoff contamination check, that has been established by the
 certificate holder and approved by the Administrator for the specific
 airplane type, has been completed within 5 minutes prior to beginning
 takeoff. A pretakeoff contamination check is a check to make sure the wings
 and control surfaces are free of frost, ice, or snow.
   (2) The certificate holder has an approved alternative procedure and under
 that procedure the airplane is determined to be free of frost, ice, or snow.
   (3) The certificate holder has an approved deicing/anti-icing program that
 complies with Sec. 121.629(c) of this chapter and the takeoff complies with
 that program.
   (c) Except for an airplane that has ice protection provisions that meet
 section 34 of Appendix A, or those for transport category airplane type
 certification, no pilot may fly--
   (1) Under IFR into known or forecast light or moderate icing conditions; or
   (2) Under VFR into known light or moderate icing conditions; unless the
 aircraft has functioning deicing or anti-icing equipment protecting each
 rotor blade, propeller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or control surface, and
 each airspeed, altimeter, rate of climb, or flight attitude instrument
 system.
   (d) No pilot may fly a helicopter under IFR into known or forecast icing
 conditions or under VFR into known icing conditions unless it has been type
 certificated and appropriately equipped for operations in icing conditions.
   (e) Except for an airplane that has ice protection provisions that meet
 section 34 of Appendix A, or those for transport category airplane type
 certification, no pilot may fly an aircraft into known or forecast severe
 icing conditions.
   (f) If current weather reports and briefing information relied upon by the
 pilot in command indicate that the forecast icing condition that would
 otherwise prohibit the flight will not be encountered during the flight
 because of changed weather conditions since the forecast, the restrictions in
 paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section based on forecast conditions do
 not apply.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 133-20, 51
 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986; Amdt. 136-46, 58 FR 69629, Dec. 30, 1993]

 *****************************************************************************


 58 FR 69620, No. 249, Dec. 30, 1993

 SUMMARY: This interim final rule requires part 125 certificate holders to
 provide pilot testing on conducting operations in ground icing conditions,
 part 135 certificate holders to provide pilot training on conducting
 operations in ground icing conditions, and part 125 and 135 certificate
 holders to check airplanes for contamination (i.e., frost, ice, or snow)
 prior to takeoff when ground icing conditions exist. This rule is necessary
 because accident statistics and experience indicate the importance of
 effectively determining whether the airplane's wings and control surfaces are
 free of all frost, ice, or snow prior to beginning a takeoff. The rule is
 intended to provide an added level of safety to flight operations in ground
 icing conditions under parts 125 and 135.

 DATES: This interim final rule is effective January 31, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.229  Airport requirements.

   (a) No certificate holder may use any airport unless it is adequate for the
 proposed operation, considering such items as size, surface, obstructions,
 and lighting.
   (b) No pilot of an aircraft carrying passengers at night may take off from,
 or land on, an airport unless--
   (1) That pilot has determined the wind direction from an illuminated wind
 direction indicator or local ground communications or, in the case of
 takeoff, that pilot's personal observations; and
   (2) The limits of the area to be used for landing or takeoff are clearly
 shown--
   (i) For airplanes, by boundary or runway marker lights;
   (ii) For helicopters, by boundary or runway marker lights or reflective
 material.
   (c) For the purpose of paragraph (b) of this section, if the area to be
 used for takeoff or landing is marked by flare pots or lanterns, their use
 must be approved by the Administrator.






                   Subpart E--Flight Crewmember Requirements






 Sec. 135.241  Applicability.

   This subpart prescribes the flight crewmember requirements for operations
 under this part.






 Sec. 135.243  Pilot in command qualifications.

   (a) No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as
 pilot in command in passenger-carrying operations of a turbojet airplane, of
 an airplane having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot
 seat, of 10 seats or more, or a multiengine airplane being operated by the
 "Commuter Air Carrier" (as defined in Part 298 of this title), unless that
 person holds an airline transport pilot certificate with appropriate category
 and class ratings and, if required, an appropriate type rating for that
 airplane.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, no certificate
 holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as pilot in command of an
 aircraft under VFR unless that person--
   (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot certificate with appropriate category
 and class ratings and, if required, an appropriate type rating for that
 aircraft; and
   (2) Has had at least 500 hours time as a pilot, including at least 100
 hours of cross-country flight time, at least 25 hours of which were at night;
 and
   (3) For an airplane, holds an instrument rating or an airline transport
 pilot certificate with an airplane category rating; or
   (4) For helicopter operations conducted VFR over-the-top, holds a
 helicopter instrument rating, or an airline transport pilot certificate with
 a category and class rating for that aircraft, not limited to VFR.
   (c) Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, no certificate
 holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as pilot in command of an
 aircraft under IFR unless that person--
   (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot certificate with appropriate category
 and class ratings and, if required, an appropriate type rating for that
 aircraft; and
   (2) Has had at least 1,200 hours of flight time as a pilot, including 500
 hours of cross country flight time, 100 hours of night flight time, and 75
 hours of actual or simulated instrument time at least 50 hours of which were
 in actual flight; and
   (3) For an airplane, holds an instrument rating or an airline transport
 pilot certificate with an airplane category rating; or
   (4) For a helicopter, holds a helicopter instrument rating, or an airline
 transport pilot certificate with a category and class rating for that
 aircraft, not limited to VFR.
   (d) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section does not apply when--
   (1) The aircraft used is a single reciprocating-engine-powered airplane;
   (2) The certificate holder does not conduct any operation pursuant to a
 published flight schedule which specifies five or more round trips a week
 between two or more points and places between which the round trips are
 performed, and does not transport mail by air under a contract or contracts
 with the United States Postal Service having total amount estimated at the
 beginning of any semiannual reporting period (January 1-June 30; July 1-
 December 31) to be in excess of $20,000 over the 12 months commencing with
 the beginning of the reporting period;
   (3) The area, as specified in the certificate holder's operations
 specifications, is an isolated area, as determined by the Flight Standards
 district office, if it is shown that--
   (i) The primary means of navigation in the area is by pilotage, since radio
 navigational aids are largely ineffective; and
   (ii) The primary means of transportation in the area is by air;
   (4) Each flight is conducted under day VFR with a ceiling of not less than
 1,000 feet and visibility not less than 3 statute miles;
   (5) Weather reports or forecasts, or any combination of them, indicate that
 for the period commencing with the planned departure and ending 30 minutes
 after the planned arrival at the destination the flight may be conducted
 under VFR with a ceiling of not less than 1,000 feet and visibility of not
 less than 3 statute miles, except that if weather reports and forecasts are
 not available, the pilot in command may use that pilot's observations or
 those of other persons competent to supply weather observations if those
 observations indicate the flight may be conducted under VFR with the ceiling
 and visibility required in this paragraph;
   (6) The distance of each flight from the certificate holder's base of
 operation to destination does not exceed 250 nautical miles for a pilot who
 holds a commercial pilot certificate with an airplane rating without an
 instrument rating, provided the pilot's certificate does not contain any
 limitation to the contrary; and
   (7) The areas to be flown are approved by the certificate-holding FAA
 Flight Standards district office and are listed in the certificate holder's
 operations specifications.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; 43 FR 49975, Oct 26, 1978, as
 amended by Amdt. 135-15, 46 FR 30971, June 11, 1981]






 Sec. 135.244  Operating experience.

   (a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as
 a pilot in command of an aircraft operated by a Commuter Air Carrier (as
 defined in Sec. 298.2 of this title) in passenger-carrying operations, unless
 that person has completed, prior to designation as pilot in command, on that
 make and basic model aircraft and in that crewmember position, the following
 operating experience in each make and basic model of aircraft to be flown:
   (1) Aircraft, single engine--10 hours.
   (2) Aircraft multiengine, reciprocating engine-powered--15 hours.
   (3) Aircraft multiengine, turbine engine-powered--20 hours.
   (4) Airplane, turbojet-powered--25 hours.
   (b) In acquiring the operating experience, each person must comply with the
 following:
   (1) The operating experience must be acquired after satisfactory completion
 of the appropriate ground and flight training for the aircraft and crewmember
 position. Approved provisions for the operating experience must be included
 in the certificate holder's training program.
   (2) The experience must be acquired in flight during commuter passenger-
 carrying operations under this part. However, in the case of an aircraft not
 previously used by the certificate holder in operations under this part,
 operating experience acquired in the aircraft during proving flights or ferry
 flights may be used to meet this requirement.
   (3) Each person must acquire the operating experience while performing the
 duties of a pilot in command under the supervision of a qualified check
 pilot.
   (4) The hours of operating experience may be reduced to not less than 50
 percent of the hours required by this section by the substitution of one
 additional takeoff and landing for each hour of flight.

 [Doc. No. 20011, 45 FR 7541, Feb. 4, 1980, as amended by Amdt. 135-9, 45 FR
 80461, Dec. 14, 1980]






 Sec. 135.245   Second in command qualifications.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), no certificate holder may use any
 person, nor may any person serve, as second in command of an aircraft unless
 that person holds at least a commercial pilot certificate with appropriate
 category and class ratings and an instrument rating. For flight under IFR,
 that person must meet the recent instrument experience requirements of Part
 61 of this chapter.
   (b) A second in command of a helicopter operated under VFR, other than
 over-the-top, must have at least a commercial pilot certificate with an
 appropriate aircraft category and class rating.

 [44 FR 26738, May 7, 1979]






 Sec. 135.247   Pilot qualifications: Recent experience.

   (a) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as
 pilot in command of an aircraft carrying passengers unless, within the
 preceding 90 days, that person has--
   (1) Made three takeoffs and three landings as the sole manipulator of the
 flight controls in an aircraft of the same category and class and, if a type
 rating is required, of the same type in which that person is to serve; or
   (2) For operation during the period beginning 1 hour after sunset and
 ending 1 hour before sunrise (as published in the Air Almanac), made three
 takeoffs and three landings during that period as the sole manipulator of the
 flight controls in an aircraft of the same category and class and, if a type
 rating is required, of the same type in which that person is to serve.

 A person who complies with paragraph (a)(2) of this section need not comply
 with paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
   (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) of this section, if the aircraft is a
 tailwheel airplane, each takeoff must be made in a tailwheel airplane and
 each landing must be made to a full stop in a tailwheel airplane.






 Sec. 135.249  Use of prohibited drugs.

   (a) This section applies to persons who perform a function listed in
 Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter for a certificate holder or an
 operator. For the purpose of this section, a person who performs such a
 function pursuant to a contract with the certificate holder or the operator
 is considered to be performing that function for the certificate holder or
 the operator.
   (b) No certificate holder or operator may knowingly use any person to
 perform, nor may any person perform for a certificate holder or an operator,
 either directly or by contract, any function listed in Appendix I to Part 121
 of this chapter while that person has a prohibited drug, as defined in that
 appendix, in his or her system.
   (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no certificate
 holder or operator may knowingly use any person to perform, nor may any
 person perform for a certificate holder or an operator, either directly or by
 contract, any function listed in Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter if
 that person has failed a test or refused to submit to a test required by that
 appendix given by any certificate holder or any operator.
   (d) Paragraph (c) of this section does not apply to a person who has
 received a recommendation to be hired or to return to duty from a medical
 review officer in accordance with Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter or
 who has received a special issuance medical certificate after evaluation by
 the Federal Air Surgeon for drug dependency in accordance with Part 67 of
 this chapter.

 [Doc. No. 25148, Amdt. No. 135-28, 53 FR 47061, Nov. 21, 1988]






 Sec. 135.251  Testing for prohibited drugs.

   (a) Each certificate holder or operator shall test each of its employees
 who performs a function listed in Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter in
 accordance with that appendix.
   (b) No certificate holder or operator may use any contractor to perform a
 function listed in Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter unless that
 contractor tests each employee performing such a function for the certificate
 holder or operator in accordance with that appendix.

 [Doc. No. 25148, Amdt. No. 135-28, 53 FR 47061, Nov. 21, 1988]






 Sec. 135.253  Misuse of alcohol.

   (a) This section applies to employees who perform a function listed in
 appendix J to part 121 of this chapter for a certificate holder or operator
 (covered employees). For the purpose of this section, a person who meets the
 definition of covered employee in appendix J is considered to be performing
 the function for the certificate holder or operator.
   (b) Alcohol concentration. No covered employee shall report for duty or
 remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions while
 having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater. No certificate holder or
 operator having actual knowledge that an employee has an alcohol
 concentration of 0.04 or greater shall permit the employee to perform or
 continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
   (c) On-duty use. No covered employee shall use alcohol while performing
 safety-sensitive functions. No certificate holder or operator having actual
 knowledge that a covered employee is using alcohol while performing safety-
 sensitive functions shall permit the employee to perform or continue to
 perform safety-sensitive functions.
   (d) Pre-duty use. (1) No covered employee shall perform flight crewmember
 or flight attendant duties within 8 hours after using alcohol. No certificate
 holder or operator having actual knowledge that such an employee has used
 alcohol within 8 hours shall permit the employee to perform or continue to
 perform the specified duties.
   (2) No covered employee shall perform safety-sensitive duties other than
 those specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section within 4 hours after
 using alcohol. No certificate holder or operator having actual knowledge that
 such an employee has used alcohol within 4 hours shall permit the employee to
 perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
   (e) Use following an accident. No covered employee who has actual knowledge
 of an accident involving an aircraft for which he or she performed a safety-
 sensitive function at or near the time of the accident shall use alcohol for
 8 hours following the accident, unless he or she has been given a post-
 accident test under appendix J of part 121 of this chapter, or the employer
 has determined that the employee's performance could not have contributed to
 the accident.
   (f) Refusal to submit to a required alcohol test. No covered employee shall
 refuse to submit to a post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion, or follow-
 up alcohol test required under appendix J to part 121 of this chapter. No
 operator or certificate holder shall permit a covered employee who refuses to
 submit to such a test to perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive
 functions.

 [Amdt. 135-48, 59 FR 7396, Feb. 15, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 7380, No. 31, Feb. 15, 1994

 SUMMARY: This final rule prescribes regulations establishing the aviation
 industry alcohol misuse prevention program. It includes requirements for an
 alcohol testing program for air carrier employees who perform safety-
 sensitive duties, in implementation of the FAA-related provisions of the
 Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, which was enacted on
 October 28, 1991. Employees who perform safety-sensitive duties directly or
 by contract for aviation employers that hold a certificate issued under
 certain FAA regulations, operators as defined in the regulations, or air
 traffic control facilities not operated by the FAA or the U.S. military must
 be subject to an FAA-mandated alcohol misuse prevention program (AMPP). This
 final rule requires alcohol testing of these employees, proscribes certain
 alcohol-related conduct, and establishes specified consequences for engaging
 in alcohol misuse. Employers must provide written materials to covered
 employees explaining the program and educating employees about the dangers of
 alcohol misuse. Employers must also submit reports to the FAA on the results
 of the program. This rule is intended to ensure that public safety is
 maintained by preventing alcohol misuse by safety-sensitive aviation
 employees.

 DATES: This rule is effective on March 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.255  Testing for alcohol.

   (a) Each certificate holder and operator must establish an alcohol misuse
 prevention program in accordance with the provisions of appendix J to part
 121 of this chapter.
   (b) No certificate holder or operator shall use any person who meets the
 definition of "covered employee" in appendix J to part 121 to perform a
 safety-sensitive function listed in that appendix unless such person is
 subject to testing for alcohol misuse in accordance with the provisions of
 appendix J.

 [Amdt. 135-48, 59 FR 7397, Feb. 15, 1994]

 *****************************************************************************


 59 FR 7380, No. 31, Feb. 15, 1994

 SUMMARY: This final rule prescribes regulations establishing the aviation
 industry alcohol misuse prevention program. It includes requirements for an
 alcohol testing program for air carrier employees who perform safety-
 sensitive duties, in implementation of the FAA-related provisions of the
 Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, which was enacted on
 October 28, 1991. Employees who perform safety-sensitive duties directly or
 by contract for aviation employers that hold a certificate issued under
 certain FAA regulations, operators as defined in the regulations, or air
 traffic control facilities not operated by the FAA or the U.S. military must
 be subject to an FAA-mandated alcohol misuse prevention program (AMPP). This
 final rule requires alcohol testing of these employees, proscribes certain
 alcohol-related conduct, and establishes specified consequences for engaging
 in alcohol misuse. Employers must provide written materials to covered
 employees explaining the program and educating employees about the dangers of
 alcohol misuse. Employers must also submit reports to the FAA on the results
 of the program. This rule is intended to ensure that public safety is
 maintained by preventing alcohol misuse by safety-sensitive aviation
 employees.

 DATES: This rule is effective on March 17, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






  Subpart F--Flight Crewmember Flight Time Limitations and Rest Requirements

   Source: Docket No. 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1985.






 Sec. 135.261  Applicability.

   Sections 135.263 through 135.271 prescribe flight time limitations and rest
 requirements for operations conducted under this part as follows:
   (a) Section 135.263 applies to all operations under this subpart.
   (b) Section 135.265 applies to:
   (1) Scheduled passenger-carrying operations except those conducted solely
 within the state of Alaska. "Scheduled passenger-carrying operations" means
 passenger-carrying operations that are conducted in accordance with a
 published schedule which covers at least five round trips per week on at
 least one route between two or more points, includes dates or times (or
 both), and is openly advertised or otherwise made readily available to the
 general public, and
   (2) Any other operation under this part, if the operator elects to comply
 with Sec. 135.265 and obtains an appropriate operations specification
 amendment.
   (c) Sections 135.267 and 135.269 apply to any operation that is not a
 scheduled passenger-carrying operation and to any operation conducted solely
 within the State of Alaska, unless the operator elects to comply with Sec.
 135.265 as authorized under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
   (d) Section 135.271 contains special daily flight time limits for
 operations conducted under the helicopter emergency medical evacuation
 service (HEMES).






 Sec. 135.263  Flight time limitations and rest requirements: All certificate
     holders.

   (a) A certificate holder may assign a flight crewmember and a flight
 crewmember may accept an assignment for flight time only when the applicable
 requirements of Secs. 135.263 through 135.271 are met.
   (b) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember to any duty with
 the certificate holder during any required rest period.
   (c) Time spent in transportation, not local in character, that a
 certificate holder requires of a flight crewmember and provides to transport
 the crewmember to an airport at which he is to serve on a flight as a
 crewmember, or from an airport at which he was relieved from duty to return
 to his home station, is not considered part of a rest period.
   (d) A flight crewmember is not considered to be assigned flight time in
 excess of flight time limitations if the flights to which he is assigned
 normally terminate within the limitations, but due to circumstances beyond
 the control of the certificate holder or flight crewmember (such as adverse
 weather conditions), are not at the time of departure expected to reach their
 destination within the planned flight time.






 Sec. 135.265  Flight time limitations and rest requirements: Scheduled
     operations.

   (a) No certificate holder may schedule any flight crewmember, and no flight
 crewmember may accept an assignment, for flight time in scheduled operations
 or in other commercial flying if that crewmember's total flight time in all
 commercial flying will exceed--
   (1) 1,200 hours in any calendar year.
   (2) 120 hours in any calendar month.
   (3) 34 hours in any 7 consecutive days.
   (4) 8 hours during any 24 consecutive hours for a flight crew consisting of
 one pilot.
   (5) 8 hours between required rest periods for a flight crew consisting of
 two pilots qualified under this part for the operation being conducted.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no certificate
 holder may schedule a flight crewmember, and no flight crewmember may accept
 an assignment, for flight time during the 24 consecutive hours preceding the
 scheduled completion of any flight segment without a scheduled rest period
 during that 24 hours of at least the following:
   (1) 9 consecutive hours of rest for less than 8 hours of scheduled flight
 time.
   (2) 10 consecutive hours of rest for 8 or more but less than 9 hours of
 scheduled flight time.
   (3) 11 consecutive hours of rest for 9 or more hours of scheduled flight
 time.
   (c) A certificate holder may schedule a flight crewmember for less than the
 rest required in paragraph (b) of this section or may reduce a scheduled rest
 under the following conditions:
   (1) A rest required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be scheduled
 for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours if the flight crewmember is given a
 rest period of at least 10 hours that must begin no later than 24 hours after
 the commencement of the reduced rest period.
   (2) A rest required under paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be scheduled
 for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours if the flight crewmember is given a
 rest period of at least 11 hours that must begin no later than 24 hours after
 the commencement of the reduced rest period.
   (3) A rest required under paragraph (b)(3) of this section may be scheduled
 for or reduced to a minimum of 9 hours if the flight crewmember is given a
 rest period of at least 12 hours that must begin no later than 24 hours after
 the commencement of the reduced rest period.
   (d) Each certificate holder shall relieve each flight crewmember engaged in
 scheduled air transportation from all further duty for at least 24
 consecutive hours during any 7 consecutive days.






 Sec. 135.267  Flight time limitations and rest requirements: Unscheduled one-
     and two-pilot crews.

   (a) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember, and no flight
 crewmember may accept an assignment, for flight time as a member of a one- or
 two-pilot crew if that crewmember's total flight time in all commercial
 flying will exceed--
   (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter.
   (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive calendar quarters.
   (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, during any 24
 consecutive hours the total flight time of the assigned flight when added to
 any other commercial flying by that flight crewmember may not exceed--
   (1) 8 hours for a flight crew consisting of one pilot; or
   (2) 10 hours for a flight crew consisting of two pilots qualified under
 this Part for the operation being conducted.
   (c) A flight crewmember's flight time may exceed the flight time limits of
 paragraph (b) of this section if the assigned flight time occurs during a
 regularly assigned duty period of no more than 14 hours and--
   (1) If this duty period is immediately preceded by and followed by a
 required rest period of at least 10 consecutive hours of rest;
   (2) If flight time is assigned during this period, that total flight time
 when added to any other commercial flying by the flight crewmember may not
 exceed--
   (i) 8 hours for a flight crew consisting of one pilot; or
   (ii) 10 hours for a flight crew consisting of two pilots; and
   (3) If the combined duty and rest periods equal 24 hours.
   (d) Each assignment under paragraph (b) of this section must provide for at
 least 10 consecutive hours of rest during the 24-hour period that precedes
 the planned completion time of the assignment.
   (e) When a flight crewmember has exceeded the daily flight time limitations
 in this section, because of circumstances beyond the control of the
 certificate holder or flight crewmember (such as adverse weather conditions),
 that flight crewmember must have a rest period before being assigned or
 accepting an assignment for flight time of at least--
   (1) 11 consecutive hours of rest if the flight time limitation is exceeded
 by not more than 30 minutes;
   (2) 12 consecutive hours of rest if the flight time limitation is exceeded
 by more than 30 minutes, but not more than 60 minutes; and
   (3) 16 consecutive hours of rest if the flight time limitation is exceeded
 by more than 60 minutes.
   (f) The certificate holder must provide each flight crewmember at least 13
 rest periods of at least 24 consecutive hours each in each calendar quarter.
   (g) The Director, Flight Standards Service may issue operations
 specifications authorizing a deviation from any specific requirement of this
 section if he finds that the deviation is justified to allow a certificate
 holder additional time, but in no case beyond October 1, 1987, to bring its
 operations into full compliance with the requirements of this section. Each
 application for a deviation must be submitted to the Director, Flight
 Standards Service before October 1, 1986. Each applicant for a deviation may
 continue to operate under the requirements of Subpart F of this part as in
 effect on September 30, 1985 until the Director, Flight Standards Service has
 responded to the deviation request.

 [Doc. No. 23634, 50 FR 29320, July 18, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 135-33, 54
 FR 39294, Sept. 25, 1989]






 Sec. 135.269  Flight time limitations and rest requirements: Unscheduled
     three- and four-pilot crews.

   (a) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember, and no flight
 crewmember may accept an assignment, for flight time as a member of a three-
 or four-pilot crew if that crewmember's total flight time in all commercial
 flying will exceed--
   (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter.
   (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive calendar quarters.
   (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.
   (b) No certificate holder may assign any pilot to a crew of three or four
 pilots, unless that assignment provides--
   (1) At least 10 consecutive hours of rest immediately preceding the
 assignment;
   (2) No more than 8 hours of flight deck duty in any 24 consecutive hours;
   (3) No more than 18 duty hours for a three-pilot crew or 20 duty hours for
 a four-pilot crew in any 24 consecutive hours;
   (4) No more than 12 hours aloft for a three-pilot crew or 16 hours aloft
 for a four-pilot crew during the maximum duty hours specified in paragraph
 (b)(3) of this section;
   (5) Adequate sleeping facilities on the aircraft for the relief pilot;
   (6) Upon completion of the assignment, a rest period of at least 12 hours;
   (7) For a three-pilot crew, a crew which consists of at least the
 following:
   (i) A pilot in command (PIC) who meets the applicable flight crewmember
 requirements of Subpart E of Part 135;
   (ii) A PIC who meets the applicable flight crewmember requirements of
 Subpart E of Part 135, except those prescribed in Secs. 135.244 and 135.247;
 and
   (iii) A second in command (SIC) who meets the SIC qualifications of Sec.
 135.245.
   (8) For a four-pilot crew, at least three pilots who meet the conditions of
 paragraph (b)(7) of this section, plus a fourth pilot who meets the SIC
 qualifications of Sec. 135.245.
   (c) When a flight crewmember has exceeded the daily flight deck duty
 limitation in this section by more than 60 minutes, because of circumstances
 beyond the control of the certificate holder or flight crewmember, that
 flight crewmember must have a rest period before the next duty period of at
 least 16 consecutive hours.
   (d) A certificate holder must provide each flight crewmember at least 13
 rest periods of at least 24 consecutive hours each in each calendar quarter.






 Sec. 135.271  Helicopter hospital emergency medical evacuation service
     (HEMES).

   (a) No certificate holder may assign any flight crewmember, and no flight
 crewmember may accept an assignment for flight time if that crewmember's
 total flight time in all commercial flight will exceed--
   (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter.
   (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive calendar quarters.
   (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year.
   (b) No certificate holder may assign a helicopter flight crewmember, and no
 flight crewmember may accept an assignment, for hospital emergency medical
 evacuation service helicopter operations unless that assignment provides for
 at least 10 consecutive hours of rest immediately preceding reporting to the
 hospital for availability for flight time.
   (c) No flight crewmember may accrue more than 8 hours of flight time during
 any 24-consecutive hour period of a HEMES assignment, unless an emergency
 medical evacuation operation is prolonged. Each flight crewmember who exceeds
 the daily 8 hour flight time limitation in this paragraph must be relieved of
 the HEMES assignment immediately upon the completion of that emergency
 medical evacuation operation and must be given a rest period in compliance
 with paragraph (h) of this section.
   (d) Each flight crewmember must receive at least 8 consecutive hours of
 rest during any 24 consecutive hour period of a HEMES assignment. A flight
 crewmember must be relieved of the HEMES assignment if he or she has not or
 cannot receive at least 8 consecutive hours of rest during any 24 consecutive
 hour period of a HEMES assignment.
   (e) A HEMES assignment may not exceed 72 consecutive hours at the hospital.
   (f) An adequate place of rest must be provided at, or in close proximity
 to, the hospital at which the HEMES assignment is being performed.
   (g) No certificate holder may assign any other duties to a flight
 crewmember during a HEMES assignment.
   (h) Each pilot must be given a rest period upon completion of the HEMES
 assignment and prior to being assigned any further duty with the certificate
 holder of--
   (1) At least 12 consecutive hours for an assignment of less than 48 hours.
   (2) At least 16 consecutive hours for an assignment of more than 48 hours.
   (i) The certificate holder must provide each flight crewmember at least 13
 rest periods of at least 24 consecutive hours each in each calendar quarter.






                  Subpart G--Crewmember Testing Requirements






 Sec. 135.291  Applicability.

   This subpart prescribes the tests and checks required for pilot and flight
 attendant crewmembers and for the approval of check pilots in operations
 under this part.






 Sec. 135.293  Initial and recurrent pilot testing requirements.

   (a) No certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve as a
 pilot, unless, since the beginning of the 12th calendar month before that
 service, that pilot has passed a written or oral test, given by the
 Administrator or an authorized check pilot, on that pilot's knowledge in the
 following areas--
   (1) The appropriate provisions of Parts 61, 91, and 135 of this chapter and
 the operations specifications and the manual of the certificate holder;
   (2) For each type of aircraft to be flown by the pilot, the aircraft
 powerplant, major components and systems, major appliances, performance and
 operating limitations, standard and emergency operating procedures, and the
 contents of the approved Aircraft Flight Manual or equivalent, as applicable;
   (3) For each type of aircraft to be flown by the pilot, the method of
 determining compliance with weight and balance limitations for takeoff,
 landing and en route operations;
   (4) Navigation and use of air navigation aids appropriate to the operation
 or pilot authorization, including, when applicable, instrument approach
 facilities and procedures;
   (5) Air traffic control procedures, including IFR procedures when
 applicable;
   (6) Meteorology in general, including the principles of frontal systems,
 icing, fog, thunderstorms, and windshear, and, if appropriate for the
 operation of the certificate holder, high altitude weather;
   (7) Procedures for--
   (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations;
   (ii) Escaping from severe weather situations, in case of inadvertent
 encounters, including low-altitude windshear (except that rotorcraft pilots
 are not required to be tested on escaping from low-altitude windshear); and
   (iii) Operating in or near thunderstorms (including best penetrating
 altitudes), turbulent air (including clear air turbulence), icing, hail, and
 other potentially hazardous meteorological conditions; and
   (8) New equipment, procedures, or techniques, as appropriate.
   (b) No certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve as a
 pilot, in any aircraft unless, since the beginning of the 12th calendar month
 before that service, that pilot has passed a competency check given by the
 Administrator or an authorized check pilot in that class of aircraft, if
 single-engine airplane other than turbojet, or that type of aircraft, if
 helicopter, multiengine airplane, or turbojet airplane, to determine the
 pilot's competence in practical skills and techniques in that aircraft or
 class of aircraft. The extent of the competency check shall be determined by
 the Administrator or authorized check pilot conducting the competency check.
 The competency check may include any of the maneuvers and procedures
 currently required for the original issuance of the particular pilot
 certificate required for the operations authorized and appropriate to the
 category, class and type of aircraft involved. For the purposes of this
 paragraph, type, as to an airplane, means any one of a group of airplanes
 determined by the Administrator to have a similar means of propulsion, the
 same manufacturer, and no significantly different handling or flight
 characteristics. For the purposes of this paragraph, type, as to a
 helicopter, means a basic make and model.
   (c) The instrument proficiency check required by Sec. 135.297 may be
 substituted for the competency check required by this section for the type of
 aircraft used in the check.
   (d) For the purpose of this part, competent performance of a procedure or
 maneuver by a person to be used as a pilot requires that the pilot be the
 obvious master of the aircraft, with the successful outcome of the maneuver
 never in doubt.
   (e) The Administrator or authorized check pilot certifies the competency of
 each pilot who passes the knowledge or flight check in the certificate
 holder's pilot records.
   (f) Portions of a required competency check may be given in an aircraft
 simulator or other appropriate training device, if approved by the
 Administrator.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-27, 53
 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988]






 Sec. 135.295  Initial and recurrent flight attendant crewmember testing
     requirements.

   No certificate holder may use a flight attendant crewmember, nor may any
 person serve as a flight attendant crewmember unless, since the beginning of
 the 12th calendar month before that service, the certificate holder has
 determined by appropriate initial and recurrent testing that the person is
 knowledgeable and competent in the following areas as appropriate to assigned
 duties and responsibilities--
   (a) Authority of the pilot in command;
   (b) Passenger handling, including procedures to be followed in handling
 deranged persons or other persons whose conduct might jeopardize safety;
   (c) Crewmember assignments, functions, and responsibilities during ditching
 and evacuation of persons who may need the assistance of another person to
 move expeditiously to an exit in an emergency;
   (d) Briefing of passengers;
   (e) Location and operation of portable fire extinguishers and other items
 of emergency equipment;
   (f) Proper use of cabin equipment and controls;
   (g) Location and operation of passenger oxygen equipment;
   (h) Location and operation of all normal and emergency exits, including
 evacuation chutes and escape ropes; and
   (i) Seating of persons who may need assistance of another person to move
 rapidly to an exit in an emergency as prescribed by the certificate holder's
 operations manual.






 Sec. 135.297  Pilot in command: Instrument proficiency check requirements.

   (a) No certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve, as a
 pilot in command of an aircraft under IFR unless, since the beginning of the
 6th calendar month before that service, that pilot has passed an instrument
 proficiency check under this section administered by the Administrator or an
 authorized check pilot.
   (b) No pilot may use any type of precision instrument approach procedure
 under IFR unless, since the beginning of the 6th calendar month before that
 use, the pilot satisfactorily demonstrated that type of approach procedure.
 No pilot may use any type of nonprecision approach procedure under IFR
 unless, since the beginning of the 6th calendar month before that use, the
 pilot has satisfactorily demonstrated either that type of approach procedure
 or any other two different types of nonprecision approach procedures. The
 instrument approach procedure or procedures must include at least one
 straight-in approach, one circling approach, and one missed approach. Each
 type of approach procedure demonstrated must be conducted to published
 minimums for that procedure.
   (c) The instrument proficiency check required by paragraph (a) of this
 section consists of an oral or written equipment test and a flight check
 under simulated or actual IFR conditions. The equipment test includes
 questions on emergency procedures, engine operation, fuel and lubrication
 systems, power settings, stall speeds, best engine-out speed, propeller and
 supercharger operations, and hydraulic, mechanical, and electrical systems,
 as appropriate. The flight check includes navigation by instruments, recovery
 from simulated emergencies, and standard instrument approaches involving
 navigational facilities which that pilot is to be authorized to use. Each
 pilot taking the instrument proficiency check must show that standard of
 competence required by Sec. 135.293(d).
   (1) The instrument proficiency check must--
   (i) For a pilot in command of an airplane under Sec. 135.243(a), include
 the procedures and maneuvers for an airline transport pilot certificate in
 the particular type of airplane, if appropriate; and
   (ii) For a pilot in command of an airplane or helicopter under Sec.
 135.243(c), include the procedures and maneuvers for a commercial pilot
 certificate with an instrument rating and, if required, for the appropriate
 type rating.
   (2) The instrument proficiency check must be given by an authorized check
 airman or by the Administrator.
   (d) If the pilot in command is assigned to pilot only one type of aircraft,
 that pilot must take the instrument proficiency check required by paragraph
 (a) of this section in that type of aircraft.
   (e) If the pilot in command is assigned to pilot more than one type of
 aircraft, that pilot must take the instrument proficiency check required by
 paragraph (a) of this section in each type of aircraft to which that pilot is
 assigned, in rotation, but not more than one flight check during each period
 described in paragraph (a) of this section.
   (f) If the pilot in command is assigned to pilot both single-engine and
 multiengine aircraft, that pilot must initially take the instrument
 proficiency check required by paragraph (a) of this section in a multiengine
 aircraft, and each succeeding check alternately in single-engine and
 multiengine aircraft, but not more than one flight check during each period
 described in paragraph (a) of this section. Portions of a required flight
 check may be given in an aircraft simulator or other appropriate training
 device, if approved by the Administrator.
   (g) If the pilot in command is authorized to use an autopilot system in
 place of a second in command, that pilot must show, during the required
 instrument proficiency check, that the pilot is able (without a second in
 command) both with and without using the autopilot to--
   (1) Conduct instrument operations competently; and
   (2) Properly conduct air-ground communications and comply with complex air
 traffic control instructions.
   (3) Each pilot taking the autopilot check must show that, while using the
 autopilot, the airplane can be operated as proficiently as it would be if a
 second in command were present to handle air-ground communications and air
 traffic control instructions. The autopilot check need only be demonstrated
 once every 12 calendar months during the instrument proficiency check
 required under paragraph (a) of this section.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-15, 46
 FR 30971, June 11, 1981]






 Sec. 135.299  Pilot in command: Line checks: Routes and airports.

   (a) No certificate holder may use a pilot, nor may any person serve, as a
 pilot in command of a flight unless, since the beginning of the 12th calendar
 month before that service, that pilot has passed a flight check in one of the
 types of aircraft which that pilot is to fly. The flight check shall--
   (1) Be given by an approved check pilot or by the Administrator;
   (2) Consist of at least one flight over one route segment; and
   (3) Include takeoffs and landings at one or more representative airports.
 In addition to the requirements of this paragraph, for a pilot authorized to
 conduct IFR operations, at least one flight shall be flown over a civil
 airway, an approved off-airway route, or a portion of either of them.
   (b) The pilot who conducts the check shall determine whether the pilot
 being checked satisfactorily performs the duties and responsibilities of a
 pilot in command in operations under this part, and shall so certify in the
 pilot training record.
   (c) Each certificate holder shall establish in the manual required by Sec.
 135.21 a procedure which will ensure that each pilot who has not flown over a
 route and into an airport within the preceding 90 days will, before beginning
 the flight, become familiar with all available information required for the
 safe operation of that flight.






 Sec. 135.301  Crewmember: Tests and checks, grace provisions, training to
     accepted standards.

   (a) If a crewmember who is required to take a test or a flight check under
 this part, completes the test or flight check in the calendar month before or
 after the calendar month in which it is required, that crewmember is
 considered to have completed the test or check in the calendar month in which
 it is required.
   (b) If a pilot being checked under this subpart fails any of the required
 maneuvers, the person giving the check may give additional training to the
 pilot during the course of the check. In addition to repeating the maneuvers
 failed, the person giving the check may require the pilot being checked to
 repeat any other maneuvers that are necessary to determine the pilot's
 proficiency. If the pilot being checked is unable to demonstrate satisfactory
 performance to the person conducting the check, the certificate holder may
 not use the pilot, nor may the pilot serve, as a flight crewmember in
 operations under this part until the pilot has satisfactorily completed the
 check.






 Sec. 135.303  [Removed. Amdt. 135-44, 57 FR 42676, Sept. 15, 1992]

 *****************************************************************************


 57 FR 42662, No. 179, Sept. 15, 1992

 SUMMARY: This final rule amends the Federal Aviation Regulations by requiring
 operators and certificate holders to allow the use of approved child
 restraint systems and by updating certain regulations concerning passenger
 and crewmember safety, attitude indicators, and check airmen. This action is
 in response to requests from the public, consumer groups, and Congress;
 reports from FAA inspectors; and investigations and recommendations by the
 National Transportation Safety Board. The rule is intended to increase the
 safety of crewmembers and passengers on board aircraft and to update other
 operational amendments.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: October 15, 1992.

 *****************************************************************************



                              Subpart H--Training






 Sec. 135.321  Applicability and terms used.

   (a) This subpart prescribes requirements for establishing and maintaining
 an approved training program for crewmembers, check airmen and instructors,
 and other operations personnel, and for the approval and use of aircraft
 simulators and other training devices in the conduct of that program.
   (b) For the purposes of this subpart, the following terms and definitions
 apply:
   (1) Initial training. The training required for crewmembers who have not
 qualified and served in the same capacity on an aircraft.
   (2) Transition training. The training required for crewmembers who have
 qualified and served in the same capacity on another aircraft.
   (3) Upgrade training. The training required for crewmembers who have
 qualified and served as second in command on a particular aircraft type,
 before they serve as pilot in command on that aircraft.
   (4) Differences training. The training required for crewmembers who have
 qualified and served on a particular type aircraft, when the Administrator
 finds differences training is necessary before a crewmember serves in the
 same capacity on a particular variation of that aircraft.
   (5) Recurrent training. The training required for crewmembers to remain
 adequately trained and currently proficient for each aircraft, crewmember
 position, and type of operation in which the crewmember serves.
   (6) In flight. The maneuvers, procedures, or functions that must be
 conducted in the aircraft.






 Sec. 135.323  Training program: General.

   (a) Each certificate holder required to have a training program under Sec.
 135.341 shall:
   (1) Establish, obtain the appropriate initial and final approval of, and
 provide a training program that meets this subpart and that ensures that each
 crewmember, flight instructor, check airman, and each person assigned duties
 for the carriage and handling of hazardous materials (as defined in 49 CFR
 171.8) is adequately trained to perform their assigned duties.
   (2) Provide adequate ground and flight training facilities and properly
 qualified ground instructors for the training required by this subpart.
   (3) Provide and keep current for each aircraft type used and, if
 applicable, the particular variations within the aircraft type, appropriate
 training material, examinations, forms, instructions, and procedures for use
 in conducting the training and checks required by this subpart.
   (4) Provide enough flight instructors, check airmen, and simulator
 instructors to conduct required flight training and flight checks, and
 simulator training courses allowed under this subpart.
   (b) Whenever a crewmember who is required to take recurrent training under
 this subpart completes the training in the calendar month before, or the
 calendar month after, the month in which that training is required, the
 crewmember is considered to have completed it in the calendar month in which
 it was required.
   (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or check airman who is responsible for a
 particular ground training subject, segment of flight training, course of
 training, flight check, or competence check under this part shall certify as
 to the proficiency and knowledge of the crewmember, flight instructor, or
 check airman concerned upon completion of that training or check. That
 certification shall be made a part of the crewmember's record. When the
 certification required by this paragraph is made by an entry in a
 computerized recordkeeping system, the certifying instructor, supervisor, or
 check airman, must be identified with that entry. However, the signature of
 the certifying instructor, supervisor, or check airman, is not required for
 computerized entries.
   (d) Training subjects that apply to more than one aircraft or crewmember
 position and that have been satisfactorily completed during previous training
 while employed by the certificate holder for another aircraft or another
 crewmember position, need not be repeated during subsequent training other
 than recurrent training.
   (e) Aircraft simulators and other training devices may be used in the
 certificate holder's training program if approved by the Administrator.






 Sec. 135.325  Training program and revision: Initial and final approval.

   (a) To obtain initial and final approval of a training program, or a
 revision to an approved training program, each certificate holder must submit
 to the Administrator--
   (1) An outline of the proposed or revised curriculum, that provides enough
 information for a preliminary evaluation of the proposed training program or
 revision; and
   (2) Additional relevant information that may be requested by the
 Administrator.
   (b) If the proposed training program or revision complies with this
 subpart, the Administrator grants initial approval in writing after which the
 certificate holder may conduct the training under that program. The
 Administrator then evaluates the effectiveness of the training program and
 advises the certificate holder of deficiencies, if any, that must be
 corrected.
   (c) The Administrator grants final approval of the proposed training
 program or revision if the certificate holder shows that the training
 conducted under the initial approval in paragraph (b) of this section ensures
 that each person who successfully completes the training is adequately
 trained to perform that person's assigned duties.
   (d) Whenever the Administrator finds that revisions are necessary for the
 continued adequacy of a training program that has been granted final
 approval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the
 Administrator, make any changes in the program that are found necessary by
 the Administrator. Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives the
 notice, it may file a petition to reconsider the notice with the
 Administrator. The filing of a petition to reconsider stays the notice
 pending a decision by the Administrator. However, if the Administrator finds
 that there is an emergency that requires immediate action in the interest of
 safety, the Administrator may, upon a statement of the reasons, require a
 change effective without stay.






 Sec. 135.327   Training program: Curriculum.

   (a) Each certificate holder must prepare and keep current a written
 training program curriculum for each type of aircraft for each crewmember
 required for that type aircraft. The curriculum must include ground and
 flight training required by this subpart.
   (b) Each training program curriculum must include the following:
   (1) A list of principal ground training subjects, including emergency
 training subjects, that are provided.
   (2) A list of all the training devices, mockups, systems trainers,
 procedures trainers, or other training aids that the certificate holder will
 use.
   (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial displays of the approved normal,
 abnormal, and emergency maneuvers, procedures and functions that will be
 performed during each flight training phase or flight check, indicating those
 maneuvers, procedures and functions that are to be performed during the
 inflight portions of flight training and flight checks.






 Sec. 135.329   Crewmember training requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder must include in its training program the
 following initial and transition ground training as appropriate to the
 particular assignment of the crewmember:
   (1) Basic indoctrination ground training for newly hired crewmembers
 including instruction in at least the--
   (i) Duties and responsibilities of crewmembers as applicable;
   (ii) Appropriate provisions of this chapter;
   (iii) Contents of the certificate holder's operating certificate and
 operations specifications (not required for flight attendants); and
   (iv) Appropriate portions of the certificate holder's operating manual.
   (2) The initial and transition ground training in Secs. 135.345 and
 135.349, as applicable.
   (3) Emergency training in Sec. 135.331.
   (b) Each training program must provide the initial and transition flight
 training in Sec. 135.347, as applicable.
   (c) Each training program must provide recurrent ground and flight training
 in Sec. 135.351.
   (d) Upgrade training in Secs. 135.345 and 135.347 for a particular type
 aircraft may be included in the training program for crewmembers who have
 qualified and served as second in command on that aircraft.
   (e) In addition to initial, transition, upgrade and recurrent training,
 each training program must provide ground and flight training, instruction,
 and practice necessary to ensure that each crewmember--
   (1) Remains adequately trained and currently proficient for each aircraft,
 crewmember position, and type of operation in which the crewmember serves;
 and
   (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facilities, procedures, and techniques,
 including modifications to aircraft.






 Sec. 135.331   Crewmember emergency training.

   (a) Each training program must provide emergency training under this
 section for each aircraft type, model, and configuration, each crewmember,
 and each kind of operation conducted, as appropriate for each crewmember and
 the certificate holder.
   (b) Emergency training must provide the following:
   (1) Instruction in emergency assignments and procedures, including
 coordination among crewmembers.
   (2) Individual instruction in the location, function, and operation of
 emergency equipment including--
   (i) Equipment used in ditching and evacuation;
   (ii) First aid equipment and its proper use; and
   (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with emphasis on the type of
 extinguisher to be used on different classes of fires.
   (3) Instruction in the handling of emergency situations including--
   (i) Rapid decompression;
   (ii) Fire in flight or on the surface and smoke control procedures with
 emphasis on electrical equipment and related circuit breakers found in cabin
 areas;
   (iii) Ditching and evacuation;
   (iv) Illness, injury, or other abnormal situations involving passengers or
 crewmembers; and
   (v) Hijacking and other unusual situations.
   (4) Review of the certificate holder's previous aircraft accidents and
 incidents involving actual emergency situations.
   (c) Each crewmember must perform at least the following emergency drills,
 using the proper emergency equipment and procedures, unless the Administrator
 finds that, for a particular drill, the crewmember can be adequately trained
 by demonstration:
   (1) Ditching, if applicable.
   (2) Emergency evacuation.
   (3) Fire extinguishing and smoke control.
   (4) Operation and use of emergency exits, including deployment and use of
 evacuation chutes, if applicable.
   (5) Use of crew and passenger oxygen.
   (6) Removal of life rafts from the aircraft, inflation of the life rafts,
 use of life lines, and boarding of passengers and crew, if applicable.
   (7) Donning and inflation of life vests and the use of other individual
 flotation devices, if applicable.
   (d) Crewmembers who serve in operations above 25,000 feet must receive
 instruction in the following:
   (1) Respiration.
   (2) Hypoxia.
   (3) Duration of consciousness without supplemental oxygen at altitude.
   (4) Gas expansion.
   (5) Gas bubble formation.
   (6) Physical phenomena and incidents of decompression.






 Sec. 135.333   Training requirements: Handling and carriage of hazardous
     materials.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no certificate
 holder may use any person to perform, and no person may perform, any assigned
 duties and responsibilities for the handling or carriage of hazardous
 materials (as defined in 49 CFR 171.8), unless within the preceding 12
 calendar months that person has satisfactorily completed initial or recurrent
 training in an appropriate training program established by the certificate
 holder, which includes instruction regarding--
   (1) The proper shipper certification, packaging, marking, labeling, and
 documentation for hazardous materials; and
   (2) The compatibility, loading, storage, and handling characteristics of
 hazardous materials.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall maintain a record of the satisfactory
 completion of the initial and recurrent training given to crewmembers and
 ground personnel who perform assigned duties and responsibilities for the
 handling and carriage of hazardous materials.
   (c) Each certificate holder that elects not to accept hazardous materials
 shall ensure that each crewmember is adequately trained to recognize those
 items classified as hazardous materials.
   (d) If a certificate holder operates into or out of airports at which
 trained employees or contract personnel are not available, it may use persons
 not meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to
 load, offload, or otherwise handle hazardous materials if these persons are
 supervised by a crewmember who is qualified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of
 this section.






 Sec. 135.335  Approval of aircraft simulators and other training devices.

   (a) Training courses using aircraft simulators and other training devices
 may be included in the certificate holder's training program if approved by
 the Administrator.
   (b) Each aircraft simulator and other training device that is used in a
 training course or in checks required under this subpart must meet the
 following requirements:
   (1) It must be specifically approved for--
   (i) The certificate holder; and
   (ii) The particular maneuver, procedure, or crewmember function involved.
   (2) It must maintain the performance, functional, and other characteristics
 that are required for approval.
   (3) Additionally, for aircraft simulators, it must be--
   (i) Approved for the type aircraft and, if applicable, the particular
 variation within type for which the training or check is being conducted; and
   (ii) Modified to conform with any modification to the aircraft being
 simulated that changes the performance, functional, or other characteristics
 required for approval.
   (c) A particular aircraft simulator or other training device may be used by
 more than one certificate holder.
   (d) In granting initial and final approval of training programs or
 revisions to them, the Administrator considers the training devices, methods
 and procedures listed in the certificate holder's curriculum under Sec.
 135.327.

 [Doc. No. 16907, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 26738, May
 7, l979]






 Sec. 135.337   Training program: Check airmen and instructor qualifications.

   (a) No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as a
 flight instructor or check airman in a training program established under
 this subpart unless, for the particular aircraft type involved, that person--
   (1) Holds the airman certificate and ratings that must be held to serve as
 a pilot in command in operations under this part;
   (2) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate training phases for the
 aircraft, including recurrent training, required to serve as a pilot in
 command in operations under this part;
   (3) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate proficiency or competency
 checks required to serve as a pilot in command in operations under this part;
   (4) Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of
 Sec. 135.339;
   (5) Holds a Class I or Class II medical certificate required to serve as a
 pilot in command in operations under this part;
   (6) In the case of a check airman, has been approved by the Administrator
 for the airman duties involved; and
   (7) In the case of a check airman used in an aircraft simulator only, holds
 a Class III medical certificate.
   (b) No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as a
 simulator instructor for a course of training given in an aircraft simulator
 under this subpart unless that person--
   (1) Holds at least a commercial pilot certificate; and
   (2) Has satisfactorily completed the following as evidenced by the approval
 of a check airman--
   (i) Appropriate initial pilot and flight instructor ground training under
 this subpart; and
   (ii) A simulator flight training course in the type simulator in which that
 person instructs under this subpart.






 Sec. 135.339   Check airmen and flight instructors: Initial and transition
     training.

   (a) The initial and transition ground training for pilot check airmen must
 include the following:
   (1) Pilot check airman duties, functions, and responsibilities.
   (2) The applicable provisions of this chapter and certificate holder's
 policies and procedures.
   (3) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting the
 required checks.
   (4) Proper evaluation of pilot performance including the detection of--
   (i) Improper and insufficient training; and
   (ii) Personal characteristics that could adversely affect safety.
   (5) The appropriate corrective action for unsatisfactory checks.
   (6) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the
 required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures in the aircraft.
   (b) The initial and transition ground training for pilot flight
 instructors, except for the holder of a valid flight instructor certificate,
 must include the following:
   (1) The fundamental principles of the teaching-learning process.
   (2) Teaching methods and procedures.
   (3) The instructor-student relationship.
   (c) The initial and transition flight training for pilot check airmen and
 pilot flight instructors must include the following:
   (1) Enough inflight training and practice in conducting flight checks from
 the left and right pilot seats in the required normal, abnormal, and
 emergency maneuvers to ensure that person's competence to conduct the pilot
 flight checks and flight training under this subpart.
   (2) The appropriate safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat for
 emergency situations that are likely to develop in training.
   (3) The potential results of improper or untimely safety measures during
 training.

 The requirements of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this section may be
 accomplished in flight or in an approved simulator.






 Sec. 135.341  Pilot and flight attendant crewmember training programs.

   (a) Each certificate holder, other than one who uses only one pilot in the
 certificate holder's operations, shall establish and maintain an approved
 pilot training program, and each certificate holder who uses a flight
 attendant crewmember shall establish and maintain an approved flight
 attendant training program, that is appropriate to the operations to which
 each pilot and flight attendant is to be assigned, and will ensure that they
 are adequately trained to meet the applicable knowledge and practical testing
 requirements of Secs. 135.293 through 135.301. However, the Administrator may
 authorize a deviation from this section if the Administrator finds that,
 because of the limited size and scope of the operation, safety will allow a
 deviation from these requirements.
   (b) Each certificate holder required to have a training program by
 paragraph (a) of this section shall include in that program ground and flight
 training curriculums for--
   (1) Initial training;
   (2) Transition training;
   (3) Upgrade training;
   (4) Differences training; and
   (5) Recurrent training.
   (c) Each certificate holder required to have a training program by
 paragraph (a) of this section shall provide current and appropriate study
 materials for use by each required pilot and flight attendant.
   (d) The certificate holder shall furnish copies of the pilot and flight
 attendant crewmember training program, and all changes and additions, to the
 assigned representative of the Administrator. If the certificate holder uses
 training facilities of other persons, a copy of those training programs or
 appropriate portions used for those facilities shall also be furnished.
 Curricula that follow FAA published curricula may be cited by reference in
 the copy of the training program furnished to the representative of the
 Administrator and need not be furnished with the program.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-18, 47
 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982]






 Sec. 135.343  Crewmember initial and recurrent training requirements.

   No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve, as a
 crewmember in operations under this part unless that crewmember has completed
 the appropriate initial or recurrent training phase of the training program
 appropriate to the type of operation in which the crewmember is to serve
 since the beginning of the 12th calendar month before that service. This
 section does not apply to a certificate holder that uses only one pilot in
 the certificate holder's operations.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-18, 47
 FR 33396, Aug. 2, 1982]






 Sec. 135.345  Pilots: Initial, transition, and upgrade ground training.

   Initial, transition, and upgrade ground training for pilots must include
 instruction in at least the following, as applicable to their duties:
   (a) General subjects--
   (1) The certificate holder's flight locating procedures;
   (2) Principles and methods for determining weight and balance, and runway
 limitations for takeoff and landing;
   (3) Enough meteorology to ensure a practical knowledge of weather
 phenomena, including the principles of frontal systems, icing, fog,
 thunderstorms, windshear and, if appropriate, high altitude weather
 situations;
   (4) Air traffic control systems, procedures, and phraseology;
   (5) Navigation and the use of navigational aids, including instrument
 approach procedures;
   (6) Normal and emergency communication procedures;
   (7) Visual cues before and during descent below DH or MDA; and
   (8) Other instructions necessary to ensure the pilot's competence.
   (b) For each aircraft type--
   (1) A general description;
   (2) Performance characteristics;
   (3) Engines and propellers;
   (4) Major components;
   (5) Major aircraft systems (i.e., flight controls, electrical, and
 hydraulic), other systems, as appropriate, principles of normal, abnormal,
 and emergency operations, appropriate procedures and limitations;
   (6) Knowledge and procedures for--
   (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations;
   (ii) Escaping from severe weather situations, in case of inadvertent
 encounters, including low-altitude windshear (except that rotorcraft pilots
 are not required to be trained in escaping from low-altitude windshear);
   (iii) Operating in or near thunderstorms (including best penetrating
 altitudes), turbulent air (including clear air turbulence), icing, hail, and
 other potentially hazardous meteorological conditions; and
   (iv) Operating airplanes during ground icing conditions, (i.e., any time
 conditions are such that frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be expected to
 adhere to the airplane), if the certificate holder expects to authorize
 takeoffs in ground icing conditions, including:
   (A) The use of holdover times when using deicing/anti-icing fluids;
   (B) Airplane deicing/anti-icing procedures, including inspection and check
 procedures and responsibilities;
   (C) Communications;
   (D) Airplane surface contamination (i.e., adherence of frost, ice, or snow)
 and critical area identification, and knowledge of how contamination
 adversely affects airplane performance and flight characteristics;
   (E) Types and characteristics of deicing/anti-icing fluids, if used by the
 certificate holder;
   (F) Cold weather preflight inspection procedures;
   (G) Techniques for recognizing contamination on the airplane;
   (7) Operating limitations;
   (8) Fuel consumption and cruise control;
   (9) Flight planning;
   (10) Each normal and emergency procedure; and
   (11) The approved Aircraft Flight Manual, or equivalent.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-27, 53
 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988; Amdt. 135-46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, 1993]

 *****************************************************************************


 58 FR 69620, No. 249, Dec. 30, 1993

 SUMMARY: This interim final rule requires part 125 certificate holders to
 provide pilot testing on conducting operations in ground icing conditions,
 part 135 certificate holders to provide pilot training on conducting
 operations in ground icing conditions, and part 125 and 135 certificate
 holders to check airplanes for contamination (i.e., frost, ice, or snow)
 prior to takeoff when ground icing conditions exist. This rule is necessary
 because accident statistics and experience indicate the importance of
 effectively determining whether the airplane's wings and control surfaces are
 free of all frost, ice, or snow prior to beginning a takeoff. The rule is
 intended to provide an added level of safety to flight operations in ground
 icing conditions under parts 125 and 135.

 DATES: This interim final rule is effective January 31, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.347  Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, and differences flight
     training.

   (a) Initial, transition, upgrade, and differences training for pilots must
 include flight and practice in each of the maneuvers and procedures in the
 approved training program curriculum.
   (b) The maneuvers and procedures required by paragraph (a) of this section
 must be performed in flight, except to the extent that certain maneuvers and
 procedures may be performed in an aircraft simulator, or an appropriate
 training device, as allowed by this subpart.
   (c) If the certificate holder's approved training program includes a course
 of training using an aircraft simulator or other training device, each pilot
 must successfully complete--
   (1) Training and practice in the simulator or training device in at least
 the maneuvers and procedures in this subpart that are capable of being
 performed in the aircraft simulator or training device; and
   (2) A flight check in the aircraft or a check in the simulator or training
 device to the level of proficiency of a pilot in command or second in
 command, as applicable, in at least the maneuvers and procedures that are
 capable of being performed in an aircraft simulator or training device.






 Sec. 135.349  Flight attendants: Initial and transition ground training.

   Initial and transition ground training for flight attendants must include
 instruction in at least the following--
   (a) General subjects--
   (1) The authority of the pilot in command; and
   (2) Passenger handling, including procedures to be followed in handling
 deranged persons or other persons whose conduct might jeopardize safety.
   (b) For each aircraft type--
   (1) A general description of the aircraft emphasizing physical
 characteristics that may have a bearing on ditching, evacuation, and inflight
 emergency procedures and on other related duties;
   (2) The use of both the public address system and the means of
 communicating with other flight crewmembers, including emergency means in the
 case of attempted hijacking or other unusual situations; and
   (3) Proper use of electrical galley equipment and the controls for cabin
 heat and ventilation.






 Sec. 135.351  Recurrent training.

   (a) Each certificate holder must ensure that each crewmember receives
 recurrent training and is adequately trained and currently proficient for the
 type aircraft and crewmember position involved.
   (b) Recurrent ground training for crewmembers must include at least the
 following:
   (1) A quiz or other review to determine the crewmember's knowledge of the
 aircraft and crewmember position involved.
   (2) Instruction as necessary in the subjects required for initial ground
 training by this subpart, as appropriate, including low-altitude windshear
 training and training on operating during ground icing conditions, as
 prescribed in Sec. 135.341 and described in Sec. 135.345, and emergency
 training.
   (c) Recurrent flight training for pilots must include, at least, flight
 training in the maneuvers or procedures in this subpart, except that
 satisfactory completion of the check required by Sec. 135.293 within the
 preceding 12 calendar months may be substituted for recurrent flight
 training.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-27, 53
 FR 37698, Sept. 27, 1988; Amdt. 135-46, 58 FR 69630, Dec. 30, 1993]

 *****************************************************************************


 58 FR 69620, No. 249, Dec. 30, 1993

 SUMMARY: This interim final rule requires part 125 certificate holders to
 provide pilot testing on conducting operations in ground icing conditions,
 part 135 certificate holders to provide pilot training on conducting
 operations in ground icing conditions, and part 125 and 135 certificate
 holders to check airplanes for contamination (i.e., frost, ice, or snow)
 prior to takeoff when ground icing conditions exist. This rule is necessary
 because accident statistics and experience indicate the importance of
 effectively determining whether the airplane's wings and control surfaces are
 free of all frost, ice, or snow prior to beginning a takeoff. The rule is
 intended to provide an added level of safety to flight operations in ground
 icing conditions under parts 125 and 135.

 DATES: This interim final rule is effective January 31, 1994.

 *****************************************************************************






 Sec. 135.353  Prohibited drugs.

   (a) Each certificate holder or operator shall provide each employee
 performing a function listed in Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter and
 his or her supervisor with the training specified in that appendix.
   (b) No certificate holder or operator may use any contractor to perform a
 function specified in Appendix I to Part 121 of this chapter unless that
 contractor provides each of its employees performing that function for the
 certificate holder or the operator and his or her supervisor with the
 training specified in that appendix.
 [Doc. No. 25148, Amdt. 135-28, 53 FR 47061, Nov. 21, 1988]






             Subpart I--Airplane Performance Operating Limitations






 Sec. 135.361  Applicability.

   (a) This subpart prescribes airplane performance operating limitations
 applicable to the operation of the categories of airplanes listed in Sec.
 135.363 when operated under this part.
   (b) For the purpose of this subpart, "effective length of the runway," for
 landing means the distance from the point at which the obstruction clearance
 plane associated with the approach end of the runway intersects the
 centerline of the runway to the far end of the runway.
   (c) For the purpose of this subpart, "obstruction clearance plane" means a
 plane sloping upward from the runway at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal,
 and tangent to or clearing all obstructions within a specified area
 surrounding the runway as shown in a profile view of that area. In the plan
 view, the centerline of the specified area coincides with the centerline of
 the runway, beginning at the point where the obstruction clearance plane
 intersects the centerline of the runway and proceeding to a point at least
 1,500 feet from the beginning point. After that the centerline coincides with
 the takeoff path over the ground for the runway (in the case of takeoffs) or
 with the instrument approach counterpart (for landings), or, where the
 applicable one of these paths has not been established, it proceeds
 consistent with turns of at least 4,000-foot radius until a point is reached
 beyond which the obstruction clearance plane clears all obstructions. This
 area extends laterally 200 feet on each side of the centerline at the point
 where the obstruction clearance plane intersects the runway and continues at
 this width to the end of the runway; then it increases uniformly to 500 feet
 on each side of the centerline at a point 1,500 feet from the intersection of
 the obstruction clearance plane with the runway; after that it extends
 laterally 500 feet on each side of the centerline.






 Sec. 135.363  General.

   (a) Each certificate holder operating a reciprocating engine powered large
 transport category airplane shall comply with Secs. 135.365 through 135.377.
   (b) Each certificate holder operating a turbine engine powered large
 transport category airplane shall comply with Secs. 135.379 through 135.387,
 except that when it operates a turbopropeller-powered large transport
 category airplane certificated after August 29, 1959, but previously type
 certificated with the same number of reciprocating engines, it may comply
 with Secs. 135.365 through 135.377.
   (c) Each certificate holder operating a large nontransport category
 airplane shall comply with Secs. 135.389 through 135.395 and any
 determination of compliance must be based only on approved performance data.
 For the purpose of this subpart, a large nontransport category airplane is an
 airplane that was type certificated before July 1, 1942.
   (d) Each certificate holder operating a small transport category airplane
 shall comply with Sec. 135.397.
   (e) Each certificate holder operating a small nontransport category
 airplane shall comply with Sec. 135.399.
   (f) The performance data in the Airplane Flight Manual applies in
 determining compliance with Secs. 135.365 through 135.387. Where conditions
 are different from those on which the performance data is based, compliance
 is determined by interpolation or by computing the effects of change in the
 specific variables, if the results of the interpolation or computations are
 substantially as accurate as the results of direct tests.
   (g) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane at a weight that is more than the allowable weight for the
 runway being used (determined under the runway takeoff limitations of the
 transport category operating rules of this subpart) after taking into account
 the temperature operating correction factors in section 4a.749a-T or section
 4b.117 of the Civil Air Regulations in effect on January 31, 1965, and in the
 applicable Airplane Flight Manual.
   (h) The Administrator may authorize in the operations specifications
 deviations from this subpart if special circumstances make a literal
 observance of a requirement unnecessary for safety.
   (i) The 10-mile width specified in Secs. 135.369 through 135.373 may be
 reduced to 5 miles, for not more than 20 miles, when operating under VFR or
 where navigation facilities furnish reliable and accurate identification of
 high ground and obstructions located outside of 5 miles, but within 10 miles,
 on each side of the intended track.
   (j) Each certificate holder operating a commuter category airplane shall
 comply with Sec. 135.398.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-21, 52
 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 1987]






 Sec. 135.365  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: Weight limitations.

   (a) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane from an airport located at an elevation outside of the
 range for which maximum takeoff weights have been determined for that
 airplane.
   (b) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane for an airport of intended destination that is located at
 an elevation outside of the range for which maximum landing weights have been
 determined for that airplane.
   (c) No person may specify, or have specified, an alternate airport that is
 located at an elevation outside of the range for which maximum landing
 weights have been determined for the reciprocating engine powered large
 transport category airplane concerned.
   (d) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane at a weight more than the maximum authorized takeoff weight
 for the elevation of the airport.
   (e) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane if its weight on arrival at the airport of destination will
 be more than the maximum authorized landing weight for the elevation of that
 airport, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil en route.






 Sec. 135.367  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: Takeoff limitations.

   (a) No person operating a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane may take off that airplane unless it is possible--
   (1) To stop the airplane safely on the runway, as shown by the accelerate-
 stop distance data, at any time during takeoff until reaching critical-engine
 failure speed;
   (2) If the critical engine fails at any time after the airplane reaches
 critical-engine failure speed V1, to continue the takeoff and reach a height
 of 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path data, before passing over the
 end of the runway; and
   (3) To clear all obstacles either by at least 50 feet vertically (as shown
 by the takeoff path data) or 200 feet horizontally within the airport
 boundaries and 300 feet horizontally beyond the boundaries, without banking
 before reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown by the takeoff path data) and
 after that without banking more than 15 degrees.
   (b) In applying this section, corrections must be made for any runway
 gradient.  To  allow  for  wind  effect, takeoff data based on still air may
 be corrected by taking into account not more than 50 percent of any reported
 headwind component and not less than 150 percent of any reported tailwind
 component.






 Sec. 135.369  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: En route limitations: All engines operating.

   (a) No person operating a reciprocating engine powered large transport
 category airplane may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil, that does not allow a rate of climb (in feet per
 minute), with all engines operating, of at least 6.90 Vso (that is, the
 number of feet per minute obtained by multiplying the number of knots by
 6.90) at an altitude of a least 1,000 feet above the highest ground or
 obstruction within ten miles of each side of the intended track.
   (b) This section does not apply to large transport category airplanes
 certificated under Part 4a of the Civil Air Regulations.






 Sec. 135.371  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person
 operating a reciprocating engine powered large transport category airplane
 may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal consumption of
 fuel and oil, that does not allow a rate of climb (in feet per minute), with
 one engine inoperative, of at least (0.079-0.106/N) Vso2 (where N is the
 number of engines installed and Vso is expressed in knots) at an altitude of
 least 1,000 feet above the highest ground or obstruction within 10 miles of
 each side of the intended track. However, for the purposes of this paragraph
 the rate of climb for transport category airplanes certificated under Part 4a
 of the Civil Air Regulations is 0.026 Vso2.
   (b) In place of the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a person
 may, under an approved procedure, operate a reciprocating engine powered
 large transport category airplane at an all-engines-operating altitude that
 allows the airplane to continue, after an engine failure, to an alternate
 airport where a landing can be made under Sec. 135.377, allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil. After the assumed failure, the flight path must
 clear the ground and any obstruction within five miles on each side of the
 intended track by at least 2,000 feet.
   (c) If an approved procedure under paragraph (b) of this section is used,
 the certificate holder shall comply with the following:
   (1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in the Airplane Flight Manual for the
 appropriate weight and altitude) used in calculating the airplane's flight
 path shall be diminished by an amount in feet per minute, equal to (0.079-
 0.106/N) Vso2 (when N is the number of engines installed and Vso is expressed
 in knots) for airplanes certificated under Part 25 of this chapter and by
 0.026 Vso2 for airplanes certificated under Part 4a of the Civil Air
 Regulations.
   (2) The all-engines-operating altitude shall be sufficient so that in the
 event the critical engine becomes inoperative at any point along the route,
 the flight will be able to proceed to a predetermined alternate airport by
 use of this procedure. In determining the takeoff weight, the airplane is
 assumed to pass over the critical obstruction following engine failure at a
 point no closer to the critical obstruction than the nearest approved radio
 navigational fix, unless the Administrator approves a procedure established
 on a different basis upon finding that adequate operational safeguards exist.
   (3) The airplane must meet the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section
 at 1,000 feet above the airport used as an alternate in this procedure.
   (4) The procedure must include an approved method of accounting for winds
 and temperatures that would otherwise adversely affect the flight path.
   (5) In complying with this procedure, fuel jettisoning is allowed if the
 certificate holder shows that it has an adequate training program, that
 proper instructions are given to the flight crew, and all other precautions
 are taken to ensure a safe procedure.
   (6) The certificate holder and the pilot in command shall jointly elect an
 alternate airport for which the appropriate weather reports or forecasts, or
 any combination of them, indicate that weather conditions will be at or above
 the alternate weather minimum specified in the certificate holder's
 operations specifications for that airport when the flight arrives.






 Sec. 135.373  Part 25 transport category airplanes with four or more engines:
     Reciprocating engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines
     inoperative.

   (a) No person may operate an airplane certificated under Part 25 and having
 four or more engines unless--
   (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes
 (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets
 Sec. 135.377; or
   (2) It is operated at a weight allowing the airplane, with the two critical
 engines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 Vso2 feet per minute (that is, the
 number of feet per minute obtained by multiplying the number of knots squared
 by 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above the highest ground or
 obstruction within 10 miles on each side of the intended track, or at an
 altitude of 5,000 feet, whichever is higher.
   (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed
 that--
   (1) The two engines fail at the point that is most critical with respect to
 the takeoff weight;
   (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is normal with all engines operating up to
 the point where the two engines fail with two engines operating beyond that
 point;
   (3) Where the engines are assumed to fail at an altitude above the
 prescribed minimum altitude, compliance with the prescribed rate of climb at
 the prescribed minimum altitude need not be shown during the descent from the
 cruising altitude to the prescribed minimum altitude, if those requirements
 can be met once the prescribed minimum altitude is reached, and assuming
 descent to be along a net flight path and the rate of descent to be 0.013
 Vso2 greater than the rate in the approved performance data; and
   (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the airplane's weight at the point
 where the two engines fail is considered to be not less than that which would
 include enough fuel to proceed to an airport meeting Sec. 135.377 and to
 arrive at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet directly over that airport.






 Sec. 135.375  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: Landing limitations: Destination airports.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person
 operating a reciprocating engine powered large transport category airplane
 may take off that airplane, unless its weight on arrival, allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil in flight, would allow a full stop landing at the
 intended destination within 60 percent of the effective length of each runway
 described below from a point 50 feet directly above the intersection of the
 obstruction clearance plane and the runway. For the purposes of determining
 the allowable landing weight at the destination airport the following is
 assumed:
   (1) The airplane is landed on the most favorable runway and in the most
 favorable direction in still air.
   (2) The airplane is landed on the most suitable runway considering the
 probable wind velocity and direction (forecast for the expected time of
 arrival), the ground handling characteristics of the type of airplane, and
 other conditions such as landing aids and terrain, and allowing for the
 effect of the landing path and roll of not more than 50 percent of the
 headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the tailwind component.
   (b) An airplane that would be prohibited from being taken off because it
 could not meet paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be taken off if an
 alternate airport is selected that meets all of this section except that the
 airplane can accomplish a full stop landing within 70 percent of the
 effective length of the runway.






 Sec. 135.377  Large transport category airplanes: Reciprocating engine
     powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airports.

   No person may list an airport as an alternate airport in a flight plan
 unless the airplane (at the weight anticipated at the time of arrival at the
 airport), based on the assumptions in Sec. 135.375(a) (1) and (2), can be
 brought to a full stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of
 the runway.






 Sec. 135.379  Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered:
     Takeoff limitations.

   (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in
 the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the airport and for the
 ambient temperature existing at takeoff.
   (b) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane certificated after August 26, 1957, but before August 30, 1959
 (SR422, 422A), may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that
 listed in the Airplane Flight Manual for the minumum distance required for
 takeoff. In the case of an airplane certificated after September 30, 1958
 (SR422A, 422B), the takeoff distance may include a clearway distance but the
 clearway distance included may not  be  greater  than  one-half  of  the
 takeoff run.
   (c) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane certificated after August 29, 1959 (SR422B), may take off that
 airplane at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual
 at which compliance with the following may be shown:
   (1) The accelerate-stop distance, as defined in Sec. 25.109 of this
 chapter, must not exceed the length of the runway plus the length of any
 stopway.
   (2) The takeoff distance must not exceed the length of the runway plus the
 length of any clearway except that the length of any clearway included must
 not be greater than one-half the length of the runway.
   (3) The takeoff run must not be greater than the length of the runway.
   (d) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in
 the Airplane Flight Manual--
   (1) For an airplane certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October
 1, 1958 (SR422), that allows a takeoff path that clears all obstacles either
 by at least (35+0.01 D) feet vertically (D is the distance along the intended
 flight path from the end of the runway in feet), or by at least 200 feet
 horizontally within the airport boundaries and by at least 300 feet
 horizontally after passing the boundaries; or
   (2) For an airplane certificated after September 30, 1958 (SR422A, 422B),
 that allows a net takeoff flight path that clears all obstacles either by a
 height of at least 35 feet vertically, or by at least 200 feet horizontally
 within the airport boundaries and by at least 300 feet horizontally after
 passing the boundaries.
   (e) In determining maximum weights, minimum distances and flight paths
 under paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, correction must be made for
 the runway to be used, the elevation of the airport, the effective runway
 gradient, and the ambient temperature and wind component at the time of
 takeoff.
   (f) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that the airplane is
 not banked before reaching a height of 50 feet, as shown by the takeoff path
 or net takeoff flight path data (as appropriate) in the Airplane Flight
 Manual, and after that the maximum bank is not more than 15 degrees.
   (g) For the purposes of this section, the terms, "takeoff distance,"
 "takeoff run," "net takeoff flight path," have the same meanings as set forth
 in the rules under which the airplane was certificated.






 Sec. 135.381  Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En
     route limitations: One engine inoperative.

   (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil, that is greater than that which (under the
 approved, one engine inoperative, en route net flight path data in the
 Airplane Flight Manual for that airplane) will allow compliance with
 paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, based on the ambient temperatures
 expected en route.
   (1) There is a positive slope at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above
 all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles on each side of the
 intended track, and, in addition, if that airplane was certificated after
 August 29, 1958 (SR422B), there is a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the
 airport where the airplane is assumed to land after an engine fails.
   (2) The net flight path allows the airplane to continue flight from the
 cruising altitude to an airport where a landing can be made under Sec.
 135.387 clearing all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles of
 the intended track by at least 2,000 feet vertically and with a positive
 slope at 1,000 feet above the airport where the airplane lands after an
 engine fails, or, if that airplane was certificated after September 30, 1958
 (SR422A, 422B), with a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the airport where
 the airplane lands after an engine fails.
   (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed
 that--
   (1) The engine fails at the most critical point en route;
   (2) The airplane passes over the critical obstruction, after engine failure
 at a point that is no closer to the obstruction than the approved radio
 navigation fix, unless the Administrator authorizes a different procedure
 based on adequate operational safeguards;
   (3) An approved method is used to allow for adverse winds;
   (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if the certificate holder shows that
 the crew is properly instructed, that the training program is adequate, and
 that all other precautions are taken to ensure a safe procedure;
   (5) The alternate airport is selected and meets the prescribed weather
 minimums; and
   (6) The consumption of fuel and oil after engine failure is the same as the
 consumption that is allowed for in the approved net flight path data in the
 Airplane Flight Manual.






 Sec. 135.383  Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En
     route limitations: Two engines inoperative.

   (a) Airplanes certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1,
 1958 (SR422). No person may operate a turbine engine powered large transport
 category airplane along an intended route unless that person complies with
 either of the following:
   (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes
 (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets
 Sec. 135.387.
   (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine-inoperative, en route, net
 flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual, allows the airplane to fly
 from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an
 airport that meets Sec. 135.387, with a net flight path (considering the
 ambient temperature anticipated along the track) having a positive slope at
 an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstructions within
 five statute miles on each side of the intended track, or at an altitude of
 5,000 feet, whichever is higher.

 For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed that the
 two engines fail at the most critical point en route, that if fuel
 jettisoning is provided, the airplane's weight at the point where the engines
 fail includes enough fuel to continue to the airport and to arrive at an
 altitude of at least 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and that the fuel
 and oil consumption after engine failure is the same as the consumption
 allowed for in the net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual.
   (b) Airplanes certificated after September 30, 1958, but before August 30,
 1959 (SR422A). No person may operate a turbine engine powered large transport
 category airplane along an intended route unless that person complies with
 either of the following:
   (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes
 (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets
 Sec. 135.387.
   (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine-inoperative, en route, net
 flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual allows the airplane to fly
 from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an
 airport that meets Sec. 135.387 with a net flight path (considering the
 ambient temperatures anticipated along the track) having a positive slope at
 an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstructions within
 five statute miles on each side of the intended track, or at an altitude of
 2,000 feet, whichever is higher.

 For the purpose of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, it is assumed that the
 two engines fail at the most critical point en route, that the airplane's
 weight at the point where the engines fail includes enough fuel to continue
 to the airport, to arrive at an altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly over
 the airport, and after that to fly for 15 minutes at cruise power or thrust,
 or both, and that the consumption of fuel and oil after engine failure is the
 same as the consumption allowed for in the net flight path data in the
 Airplane Flight Manual.
   (c) Aircraft certificated after August 29, 1959 (SR422B). No person may
 operate a turbine engine powered large transport category airplane along an
 intended route unless that person complies with either of the following:
   (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes
 (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets
 Sec. 135.387.
   (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine-inoperative, en route, net
 flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual, allows the airplane to fly
 from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an
 airport that meets Sec. 135.387, with the net flight path (considering the
 ambient temperatures anticipated along the track) clearing vertically by at
 least 2,000 feet all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles on
 each side of the intended track. For the purposes of this paragraph, it is
 assumed that--
   (i) The two engines fail at the most critical point en route;
   (ii) The net flight path has a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the
 airport where the landing is assumed to be made after the engines fail;
   (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved if the certificate holder shows
 that the crew is properly instructed, that the training program is adequate,
 and that all other precautions are taken to ensure a safe procedure;
   (iv) The airplane's weight at the point where the two engines are assumed
 to fail provides enough fuel to continue to the airport, to arrive at an
 altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly over the airport, and after that to
 fly for 15 minutes at cruise power or thrust, or both; and
   (v) The consumption of fuel and oil after the engines fail is the same as
 the consumption that is allowed for in the net flight path data in the
 Airplane Flight Manual.






 Sec. 135.385   Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered:
     Landing limitations: Destination airports.

   (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category
 airplane may take off that airplane at a weight that (allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil in flight to the destination or alternate
 airport) the weight of the airplane on arrival would exceed the landing
 weight in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the destination or
 alternate airport and the ambient temperature anticipated at the time of
 landing.
   (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, no
 person operating a turbine engine powered large transport category airplane
 may take off that airplane unless its weight on arrival, allowing for normal
 consumption of fuel and oil in flight (in accordance with the landing
 distance in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the destination
 airport and the wind conditions anticipated there at the time of landing),
 would allow a full stop landing at the intended destination airport within 60
 percent of the effective length of each runway described below from a point
 50 feet above the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane and the
 runway. For the purpose of determining the allowable landing weight at the
 destination airport the following is assumed:
   (1) The airplane is landed on the most favorable runway and in the most
 favorable direction, in still air.
   (2) The airplane is landed on the most suitable runway considering the
 probable wind velocity and direction and the ground handling characteristics
 of the airplane, and considering other conditions such as landing aids and
 terrain.
   (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane that would be prohibited from being
 taken off because it could not meet paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be
 taken off if an alternate airport is selected that meets all of this section
 except that the airplane can accomplish a full stop landing within 70 percent
 of the effective length of the runway.
   (d) Unless, based on a showing of actual operating landing techniques on
 wet runways, a shorter landing distance (but never less than that required by
 paragraph (b) of this section) has been approved for a specific type and
 model airplane and included in the Airplane Flight Manual, no person may take
 off a turbojet airplane when the appropriate weather reports or forecasts, or
 any combination of them, indicate that the runways at the destination airport
 may be wet or slippery at the estimated time of arrival unless the effective
 runway length at the destination airport is at least 115 percent of the
 runway length required under paragraph (b) of this section.
   (e) A turbojet airplane that would be prohibited from being taken off
 because it could not meet paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be taken off
 if an alternate airport is selected that meets all of paragraph (b) of this
 section.






 Sec. 135.387   Large transport category airplanes: Turbine engine powered:
     Landing limitations: Alternate airports.

   No person may select an airport as an alternate airport for a turbine
 engine powered large transport category airplane unless (based on the
 assumptions in Sec. 135.385(b)) that airplane, at the weight anticipated at
 the time of arrival, can be brought to a full stop landing within 70 percent
 of the effective length of the runway for turbopropeller-powered airplanes
 and 60 percent of the effective length of the runway for turbojet airplanes,
 from a point 50 feet above the intersection of the obstruction clearance
 plane and the runway.






 Sec. 135.389   Large nontransport category airplanes: Takeoff limitations.

   (a) No person operating a large nontransport category airplane may take off
 that airplane at a weight greater than the weight that would allow the
 airplane to be brought to a safe stop within the effective length of the
 runway, from any point during the takeoff before reaching 105 percent of
 minimum control speed (the minimum speed at which an airplane can be safely
 controlled in flight after an engine becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of
 the power off stalling speed in the takeoff configuration, whichever is
 greater.
   (b) For the purposes of this section--
   (1) It may be assumed that takeoff power is used on all engines during the
 acceleration;
   (2) Not more than 50 percent of the reported headwind component, or not
 less than 150 percent of the reported tailwind component, may be taken into
 account;
   (3) The average runway gradient (the difference between the elevations of
 the endpoints of the runway divided by the total length) must be considered
 if it is more than one-half of one percent;
   (4) It is assumed that the airplane is operating in standard atmosphere;
 and
   (5) For takeoff, "effective length of the runway" means the distance from
 the end of the runway at which the takeoff is started to a point at which the
 obstruction clearance plane associated with the other end of the runway
 intersects the runway centerline.






 Sec. 135.391   Large nontransport category airplanes: En route limitations:
     One engine inoperative.

   (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person
 operating a large nontransport category airplane may take off that airplane
 at a weight that does not allow a rate of climb of at least 50 feet a minute,
 with the critical engine inoperative, at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet
 above the highest obstruction within five miles on each side of the intended
 track, or 5,000 feet, whichever is higher.
   (b) Without regard to paragraph (a) of this section, if the Administrator
 finds that safe operations are not impaired, a person may operate the
 airplane at an altitude that allows the airplane, in case of engine failure,
 to clear all obstructions within five miles on each side of the intended
 track by 1,000 feet. If this procedure is used, the rate of descent for the
 appropriate weight and altitude is assumed to be 50 feet a minute greater
 than the rate in the approved performance data. Before approving such a
 procedure, the Administrator considers the following for the route, route
 segement, or area concerned:
   (1) The reliability of wind and weather forecasting.
   (2) The location and kinds of navigation aids.
   (3) The prevailing weather conditions, particularly the frequency and
 amount of turbulence normally encountered.
   (4) Terrain features.
   (5) Air traffic problems.
   (6) Any other operational factors that affect the operations.
   (c) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that--
   (1) The critical engine is inoperative;
   (2) The propeller of the inoperative engine is in the minimum drag
 position;
   (3) The wing flaps and landing gear are in the most favorable position;
   (4) The operating engines are operating at the maximum continuous power
 available;
   (5) The airplane is operating in standard atmosphere; and
   (6) The weight of the airplane is progressively reduced by the anticipated
 consumption of fuel and oil.






 Sec. 135.393  Large nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations:
     Destination airports.

   (a) No person operating a large nontransport category airplane may take off
 that airplane at a weight that--
   (1) Allowing for anticipated consumption of fuel and oil, is greater than
 the weight that would allow a full stop landing within 60 percent of the
 effective length of the most suitable runway at the destination airport; and
   (2) Is greater than the weight allowable if the landing is to be made on
 the runway--
   (i) With the greatest effective length in still air; and
   (ii) Required by the probable wind, taking into account not more than 50
 percent of the headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the
 tailwind component.
   (b) For the purpose of this section, it is assumed that--
   (1) The airplane passes directly over the intersection of the obstruction
 clearance plane and the runway at a height of 50 feet in a steady gliding
 approach at a true indicated airspeed of at least 1.3 Vso;
   (2) The landing does not require exceptional pilot skill; and
   (3) The airplane is operating in standard atmosphere.






 Sec. 135.395  Large nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations:
     Alternate airports.

   No person may select an airport as an alternate airport for a large
 nontransport category airplane unless that airplane (at the weight
 anticipated at the time of arrival), based on the assumptions in Sec.
 135.393(b), can be brought to a full stop landing within 70 percent of the
 effective length of the runway.






 Sec. 135.397  Small transport category airplane performance operating
     limitations.

   (a) No person may operate a reciprocating engine powered small transport
 category airplane unless that person complies with the weight limitations in
 Sec. 135.365, the takeoff limitations in Sec. 135.367 (except paragraph
 (a)(3)), and the landing limitations in Secs. 135.375 and 135.377.
   (b) No person may operate a turbine engine powered small transport category
 airplane unless that person complies with the takeoff limitations in Sec.
 135.379 (except paragraphs (d) and (f)) and the landing limitations in Secs.
 135.385 and 135.387.






 Sec. 135.398   Commuter category airplanes performance operating limitations.

   (a) No person may operate a commuter category airplane unless that person
 complies with the takeoff weight limitations in the approved Airplane Flight
 Manual.
   (b) No person may take off an airplane type certificated in the commuter
 category at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual
 that allows a net takeoff flight path that clears all obstacles either by a
 height of at least 35 feet vertically, or at least 200 feet horizontally
 within the airport boundaries and by at least 300 feet horizontally after
 passing the boundaries.
   (c) No person may operate a commuter category airplane unless that person
 complies with the landing limitations prescribed in Secs. 135.385 and 135.387
 of this Part. For purposes of this paragraph, Secs. 135.385 and 135.387 are
 applicable to all commuter category airplanes notwithstanding their stated
 applicability to turbine-engine-powered large transport category airplanes.
   (d) In determining maximum weights, minimum distances and flight paths
 under paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section, correction must be made for
 the runway to be used, the elevation of the airport, the effective runway
 gradient, and ambient temperature, and wind component at the time of takeoff.
   (e) For the purposes of this section, the assumption is that the airplane
 is not banked before reaching a height of 50 feet as shown by the net takeoff
 flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual and thereafter the maximum
 bank is not more than 15 degrees.

 [Doc. No. 23516, Amdt. 135-21, 52 FR 1836, Jan. 15, 1987]






 Sec. 135.399   Small nontransport category airplane performance operating
     limitations.

   (a) No person may operate a reciprocating engine or turbopropeller-powered
 small airplane that is certificated under Sec. 135.169(b) (2), (3), (4), (5),
 or (6) unless that person complies with the takeoff weight limitations in the
 approved Airplane Flight Manual or equivalent for operations under this part,
 and, if the airplane is certificated under Sec. 135.169(b) (4) or (5) with
 the landing weight limitations in the Approved Airplane Flight Manual or
 equivalent for operations under this part.
   (b) No person may operate an airplane that is certificated under Sec.
 135.169(b)(6) unless that person complies with the landing limitations
 prescribed in Secs. 135.385 and 135.387 of this part. For purposes of this
 paragraph, Secs. 135.385 and 135.387 are applicable to reciprocating and
 turbopropeller-powered small airplanes notwithstanding their stated
 applicability to turbine engine powered large transport category airplanes.

 [44 FR 53731, Sept. 17, 1979]






        Subpart J--Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, and Alterations






 Sec. 135.411  Applicability.

   (a) This subpart prescribes rules in addition to those in other parts of
 this chapter for the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations for
 each certificate holder as follows:
   (1) Aircraft that are type certificated for a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of nine seats or less, shall be
 maintained under Parts 91 and 43 of this chapter and Secs. 135.415, 135.417,
 and 135.421. An approved aircraft inspection program may be used under Sec.
 135.419.
   (2) Aircraft that are type certificated for a passenger seating
 configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of ten seats or more, shall be
 maintained under a maintenance program in Secs. 135.415, 135.417, and 135.423
 through 135.443.
   (b) A certificate holder who is not otherwise required, may elect to
 maintain its aircraft under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.






 Sec. 135.413  Responsibility for airworthiness.

   (a) Each certificate holder is primarily responsible for the airworthiness
 of its aircraft, including airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, rotors,
 appliances, and parts, and shall have its aircraft maintained under this
 chapter, and shall have defects repaired between required maintenance under
 Part 43 of this chapter.
   (b) Each certificate holder who maintains its aircraft under Sec.
 135.411(a)(2) shall--
   (1) Perform the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration of its
 aircraft, including airframe, aircraft engines, propellers, rotors,
 appliances, emergency equipment and parts, under its manual and this chapter;
 or
   (2) Make arrangements with another person for the performance of
 maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration. However, the certificate
 holder shall ensure that any maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
 alteration that is performed by another person is performed under the
 certificate holder's manual and this chapter.






 Sec. 135.415  Mechanical reliability reports.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall report the occurrence or detection of
 each failure, malfunction, or defect in an aircraft concerning--
   (1) Fires during flight and whether the related fire-warning system
 functioned properly;
   (2) Fires during flight not protected by related fire-warning system;
   (3) False fire-warning during flight;
   (4) An exhaust system that causes damage during flight to the engine,
 adjacent structure, equipment, or components;
   (5) An aircraft component that causes accumulation or circulation of smoke,
 vapor, or toxic or noxious fumes in the crew compartment or passenger cabin
 during flight;
   (6) Engine shutdown during flight because of flameout;
   (7) Engine shutdown during flight when external damage to the engine or
 aircraft structure occurs;
   (8) Engine shutdown during flight due to foreign object ingestion or icing;
   (9) Shutdown of more than one engine during flight;
   (10) A propeller feathering system or ability of the system to control
 overspeed during flight;
   (11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system that affects fuel flow or causes
 hazardous leakage during flight;
   (12) An unwanted landing gear extension or retraction or opening or closing
 of landing gear doors during flight;
   (13) Brake system components that result in loss of brake actuating force
 when the aircraft is in motion on the ground;
   (14) Aircraft structure that requires major repair;
   (15) Cracks, permanent deformation, or corrosion of aircraft structures, if
 more than the maximum acceptable to the manufacturer or the FAA; and
   (16) Aircraft components or systems that result in taking emergency actions
 during flight (except action to shut-down an engine).
   (b) For the purpose of this section, "during flight" means the period from
 the moment the aircraft leaves the surface of the earth on takeoff until it
 touches down on landing.
   (c) In addition to the reports required by paragraph (a) of this section,
 each certificate holder shall report any other failure, malfunction, or
 defect in an aircraft that occurs or is detected at any time if, in its
 opinion, the failure, malfunction, or defect has endangered or may endanger
 the safe operation of the aircraft.
   (d) Each certificate holder shall send each report required by this
 section, in writing, covering each 24-hour period beginning at 0900 hours
 local time of each day and ending at 0900 hours local time on the next day to
 the FAA Flight Standards District Office charged with the overall inspection
 of the certificate holder. Each report of occurrences during a 24-hour period
 must be mailed or delivered to that office within the next 72 hours. However,
 a report that is due on Saturday or Sunday may be mailed or delivered on the
 following Monday and one that is due on a holiday may be mailed or delivered
 on the next work day. For aircraft operated in areas where mail is not
 collected, reports may be mailed or delivered within 72 hours after the
 aircraft returns to a point where the mail is collected.
   (e) The certificate holder shall transmit the reports required by this
 section on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator, and shall
 include as much of the following as is available:
   (1) The type and identification number of the aircraft.
   (2) The name of the operator.
   (3) The date.
   (4) The nature of the failure, malfunction, or defect.
   (5) Identification of the part and system involved, including available
 information pertaining to type designation of the major component and time
 since last overhaul, if known.
   (6) Apparent cause of the failure, malfunction or defect (e.g., wear,
 crack, design deficiency, or personnel error).
   (7) Other pertinent information necessary for more complete identification,
 determination of seriousness, or corrective action.
   (f) A certificate holder that is also the holder of a type certificate
 (including a supplemental type certificate), a Parts Manufacturer Approval,
 or a Technical Standard Order Authorization, or that is the licensee of a
 type certificate need not report a failure, malfunction, or defect under this
 section if the failure, malfunction, or defect has been reported by it under
 Sec. 21.3 or Sec. 37.17 of this chapter or under the accident reporting
 provisions of Part 830 of the regulations of the National Transportation
 Safety Board.
   (g) No person may withhold a report required by this section even though
 all information required by this section is not available.
   (h) When the certificate holder gets additional information, including
 information from the manufacturer or other agency, concerning a report
 required by this section, it shall expeditiously submit it as a supplement to
 the first report and reference the date and place of submission of the first
 report.






 Sec. 135.417  Mechanical interruption summary report.

   Each certificate holder shall mail or deliver, before the end of the 10th
 day of the following month, a summary report of the following occurrences in
 multiengine aircraft for the preceding month to the FAA Flight Standards
 District Office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate
 holder:
   (a) Each interruption to a flight, unscheduled change of aircraft en route,
 or unscheduled stop or diversion from a route, caused by known or suspected
 mechanical difficulties or malfunctions that are not required to be reported
 under Sec. 135.415.
   (b) The number of propeller featherings in flight, listed by type of
 propeller and engine and aircraft on which it was installed. Propeller
 featherings for training, demonstration, or flight check purposes need not be
 reported.






 Sec. 135.419  Approved aircraft inspection program.

   (a) Whenever the Administrator finds that the aircraft inspections required
 or allowed under Part 91 of this chapter are not adequate to meet this part,
 or upon application by a certificate holder, the Administrator may amend the
 certificate holder's operations specifications under Sec. 135.17, to require
 or allow an approved aircraft inspection program for any make and model
 aircraft of which the certificate holder has the exclusive use of at least
 one aircraft (as defined in Sec. 135.25(b)).
   (b) A certificate holder who applies for an amendment of its operations
 specifications to allow an approved aircraft inspection program must submit
 that program with its application for approval by the Administrator.
   (c) Each certificate holder who is required by its operations
 specifications to have an approved aircraft inspection program shall submit a
 program for approval by the Administrator within 30 days of the amendment of
 its operations specifications or within any other period that the
 Administrator may prescribe in the operations specifications.
   (d) The aircraft inspection program submitted for approval by the
 Administrator must contain the following:
   (1) Instructions and procedures for the conduct of aircraft inspections
 (which must include necessary tests and checks), setting forth in detail the
 parts and areas of the airframe, engines, propellers, rotors, and appliances,
 including emergency equipment, that must be inspected.
   (2) A schedule for the performance of the aircraft inspections under
 paragraph (d)(1) of this section expressed in terms of the time in service,
 calendar time, number of system operations, or any combination of these.
   (3) Instructions and procedures for recording discrepancies found during
 inspections and correction or deferral of discrepancies including form and
 disposition of records.
   (e) After approval, the certificate holder shall include the approved
 aircraft inspection program in the manual required by Sec. 135.21.
   (f) Whenever the Administrator finds that revisions to an approved aircraft
 inspection program are necessary for the continued adequacy of the program,
 the certificate holder shall, after notification by the Administrator, make
 any changes in the program found by the Administrator to be necessary. The
 certificate holder may petition the Administrator to reconsider the notice to
 make any changes in a program. The petition must be filed with the
 representatives of the Administrator assigned to it within 30 days after the
 certificate holder receives the notice. Except in the case of an emergency
 requiring immediate action in the interest of safety, the filing of the
 petition stays the notice pending a decision by the Administrator.
   (g) Each certificate holder who has an approved aircraft inspection program
 shall have each aircraft that is subject to the program inspected in
 accordance with the program.
   (h) The registration number of each aircraft that is subject to an approved
 aircraft inspection program must be included in the operations specifications
 of the certificate holder.






 Sec. 135.421  Additional maintenance requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder who operates an aircraft type certificated for
 a passenger seating configuration, excluding any pilot seat, of nine seats or
 less, must comply with the manufacturer's recommended maintenance programs,
 or a program approved by the Administrator, for each aircraft engine,
 propeller, rotor, and each item of emergency equipment required by this
 chapter.
   (b) For the purpose of this section, a manufacturer's maintenance program
 is one which is contained in the maintenance manual or maintenance
 instructions set forth by the manufacturer as required by this chapter for
 the aircraft, aircraft engine, propeller, rotor or item of emergency
 equipment.






 Sec. 135.423   Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration
     organization.

   (a) Each certificate holder that performs any of its maintenance (other
 than required inspections), preventive maintenance, or alterations, and each
 person with whom it arranges for the performance of that work, must have an
 organization adequate to perform the work.
   (b) Each certificate holder that performs any inspections required by its
 manual under Sec. 135.427(b) (2) or (3), (in this subpart referred to as
 "required inspections"), and each person with whom it arranges for the
 performance of that work, must have an organization adequate to perform that
 work.
   (c) Each person performing required inspections in addition to other
 maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations, shall organize the
 performance of those functions so as to separate the required inspection
 functions from the other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration
 functions. The separation shall be below the level of administrative control
 at which overall responsibility for the required inspection functions and
 other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration functions is
 exercised.






 Sec. 135.425   Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration programs.

   Each certificate holder shall have an inspection program and a program
 covering other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations, that
 ensures that--
   (a) Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations performed by it,
 or by other persons, are performed under the certificate holder's manual;
   (b) Competent personnel and adequate facilities and equipment are provided
 for the proper performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and
 alterations; and
   (c) Each aircraft released to service is airworthy and has been properly
 maintained for operation under this part.






 Sec. 135.427   Manual requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall put in its manual the chart or
 description of the certificate holder's organization required by Sec. 135.423
 and a list of persons with whom it has arranged for the performance of any of
 its required inspections, other maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
 alterations, including a general description of that work.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall put in its manual the programs required
 by Sec. 135.425 that must be followed in performing maintenance, preventive
 maintenance, and alterations of that certificate holder's aircraft, including
 airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, rotors, appliances, emergency
 equipment, and parts, and must include at least the following:
   (1) The method of performing routine and nonroutine maintenance (other than
 required inspections), preventive maintenance, and alterations.
   (2) A designation of the items of maintenance and alteration that must be
 inspected (required inspections) including at least those that could result
 in a failure, malfunction, or defect endangering the safe operation of the
 aircraft, if not performed properly or if improper parts or materials are
 used.
   (3) The method of performing required inspections and a designation by
 occupational title of personnel authorized to perform each required
 inspection.
   (4) Procedures for the reinspection of work performed under previous
 required inspection findings ("buy-back procedures").
   (5) Procedures, standards, and limits necessary for required inspections
 and acceptance or rejection of the items required to be inspected and for
 periodic inspection and calibration of precision tools, measuring devices,
 and test equipment.
   (6) Procedures to ensure that all required inspections are performed.
   (7) Instructions to prevent any person who performs any item of work from
 performing any required inspection of that work.
   (8) Instructions and procedures to prevent any decision of an inspector
 regarding any required inspection from being countermanded by persons other
 than supervisory personnel of the inspection unit, or a person at the level
 of administrative control that has overall responsibility for the management
 of both the required inspection functions and the other maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, and alterations functions.
   (9) Procedures to ensure that required inspections, other maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, and alterations that are not completed as a result of
 work interruptions are properly completed before the aircraft is released to
 service.
   (c) Each certificate holder shall put in its manual a suitable system
 (which may include a coded system) that provides for the retention of the
 following information--
   (1) A description (or reference to data acceptable to the Administrator) of
 the work performed;
   (2) The name of the person performing the work if the work is performed by
 a person outside the organization of the certificate holder; and
   (3) The name or other positive identification of the individual approving
 the work.






 Sec. 135.429   Required inspection personnel.

   (a) No person may use any person to perform required inspections unless the
 person performing the inspection is appropriately certificated, properly
 trained, qualified, and authorized to do so.
   (b) No person may allow any person to perform a required inspection unless,
 at the time, the person performing that inspection is under the supervision
 and control of an inspection unit.
   (c) No person may perform a required inspection if that person performed
 the item of work required to be inspected.
   (d) In the case of rotorcraft that operate in remote areas or sites, the
 Administrator may approve procedures for the performance of required
 inspection items by a pilot when no other qualified person is available,
 provided--
   (1) The pilot is employed by the certificate holder;
   (2) It can be shown to the satisfaction of the Administrator that each
 pilot authorized to perform required inspections is properly trained and
 qualified;
   (3) The required inspection is a result of a mechanical interruption and is
 not a part of a certificate holder's continuous airworthiness maintenance
 program;
   (4) Each item is inspected after each flight until the item has been
 inspected by an appropriately certificated mechanic other than the one who
 originally performed the item of work; and
   (5) Each item of work that is a required inspection item that is part of
 the flight control system shall be flight tested and reinspected before the
 aircraft is approved for return to service.
   (e) Each certificate holder shall maintain, or shall determine that each
 person with whom it arranges to perform its required inspections maintains, a
 current listing of persons who have been trained, qualified, and authorized
 to conduct required inspections. The persons must be identified by name,
 occupational title and the inspections that they are authorized to perform.
 The certificate holder (or person with whom it arranges to perform its
 required inspections) shall give written information to each person so
 authorized, describing the extent of that person's responsibilities,
 authorities, and inspectional limitations. The list shall be made available
 for inspection by the Administrator upon request.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. No. 135-20,
 51 FR 40710, Nov. 7, 1986]






 Sec. 135.431   Continuing analysis and surveillance.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall establish and maintain a system for the
 continuing analysis and surveillance of the performance and effectiveness of
 its inspection program and the program covering other maintenance, preventive
 maintenance, and alterations and for the correction of any deficiency in
 those programs, regardless of whether those programs are carried out by the
 certificate holder or by another person.
   (b) Whenever the Administrator finds that either or both of the programs
 described in paragraph (a) of this section does not contain adequate
 procedures and standards to meet this part, the certificate holder shall,
 after notification by the Administrator, make changes in those programs
 requested by the Administrator.
   (c) A certificate holder may petition the Administrator to reconsider the
 notice to make a change in a program. The petition must be filed with the FAA
 Flight Standards District Office charged with the overall inspection of the
 certificate holder within 30 days after the certificate holder receives the
 notice. Except in the case of an emergency requiring immediate action in the
 interest of safety, the filing of the petition stays the notice pending a
 decision by the Administrator.






 Sec. 135.433  Maintenance and preventive maintenance training program.

   Each certificate holder or a person performing maintenance or preventive
 maintenance functions for it shall have a training program to ensure that
 each person (including inspection personnel) who determines the adequacy of
 work done is fully informed about procedures and techniques and new equipment
 in use and is competent to perform that person's duties.






 Sec. 135.435  Certificate requirements.

   (a) Except for maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations, and
 required inspections performed by repair stations certificated under the
 provisions of Subpart C of Part 145 of this chapter, each person who is
 directly in charge of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations,
 and each person performing required inspections must hold an appropriate
 airman certificate.
   (b) For the purpose of this section, a person "directly in charge" is each
 person assigned to a position in which that person is responsible for the
 work of a shop or station that performs maintenance, preventive maintenance,
 alterations, or other functions affecting airworthiness. A person who is
 "directly in charge" need not physically observe and direct each worker
 constantly but must be available for consultation and decision on matters
 requiring instruction or decision from higher authority than that of the
 person performing the work.






 Sec. 135.437  Authority to perform and approve maintenance, preventive
     maintenance, and alterations.

   (a) A certificate holder may perform or make arrangements with other
 persons to perform maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations as
 provided in its maintenance manual. In addition, a certificate holder may
 perform these functions for another certificate holder as provided in the
 maintenance manual of the other certificate holder.
   (b) A certificate holder may approve any airframe, aircraft engine,
 propeller, rotor, or appliance for return to service after maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, or alterations that are performed under paragraph (a)
 of this section. However, in the case of a major repair or alteration, the
 work must have been done in accordance with technical data approved by the
 Administrator.






 Sec. 135.439  Maintenance recording requirements.

   (a) Each certificate holder shall keep (using the system specified in the
 manual required in Sec. 135.427) the following records for the periods
 specified in paragraph (b) of this section:
   (1) All the records necessary to show that all requirements for the
 issuance of an airworthiness release under Sec. 135.443 have been met.
   (2) Records containing the following information:
   (i) The total time in service of the airframe, engine, propeller, and
 rotor.
   (ii) The current status of life-limited parts of each airframe, engine,
 propeller, rotor, and appliance.
   (iii) The time since last overhaul of each item installed on the aircraft
 which are required to be overhauled on a specified time basis.
   (iv) The identification of the current inspection status of the aircraft,
 including the time since the last inspections required by the inspection
 program under which the aircraft and its appliances are maintained.
   (v) The current status of applicable airworthiness directives, including
 the date and methods of compliance, and, if the airworthiness directive
 involves recurring action, the time and date when the next action is
 required.
   (vi) A list of current major alterations and repairs to each airframe,
 engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance.
   (b) Each certificate holder shall retain the records required to be kept by
 this section for the following periods:
   (1) Except for the records of the last complete overhaul of each airframe,
 engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance the records specified in paragraph
 (a)(1) of this section shall be retained until the work is repeated or
 superseded by other work or for one year after the work is performed.
   (2) The records of the last complete overhaul of each airframe, engine,
 propeller, rotor, and appliance shall be retained until the work is
 superseded by work of equivalent scope and detail.
   (3) The records specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall be
 retained and transferred with the aircraft at the time the aircraft is sold.
   (c) The certificate holder shall make all maintenance records required to
 be kept by this section available for inspection by the Administrator or any
 representative of the National Transportation Safety Board.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978; 43 FR 49975, Oct. 26, 1978]






 Sec. 135.441  Transfer of maintenance records.

   Each certificate holder who sells a United States registered aircraft shall
 transfer to the purchaser, at the time of the sale, the following records of
 that aircraft, in plain language form or in coded form which provides for the
 preservation and retrieval of information in a manner acceptable to the
 Administrator:
   (a) The records specified in Sec. 135.439(a)(2).
   (b) The records specified in Sec. 135.439(a)(1) which are not included in
 the records covered by paragraph (a) of this section, except that the
 purchaser may allow the seller to keep physical custody of such records.
 However, custody of records by the seller does not relieve the purchaser of
 its responsibility under Sec. 135.439(c) to make the records available for
 inspection by the Administrator or any representative of the National
 Transportation Safety Board.






 Sec. 135.443  Airworthiness release or aircraft maintenance log entry.

   (a) No certificate holder may operate an aircraft after maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, or alterations are performed on the aircraft unless
 the certificate holder prepares, or causes the person with whom the
 certificate holder arranges for the performance of the maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, or alterations, to prepare--
   (1) An airworthiness release; or
   (2) An appropriate entry in the aircraft maintenance log.
   (b) The airworthiness release or log entry required by paragraph (a) of
 this section must--
   (1) Be prepared in accordance with the procedure in the certificate
 holder's manual;
   (2) Include a certification that--
   (i) The work was performed in accordance with the requirements of the
 certificate holder's manual;
   (ii) All items required to be inspected were inspected by an authorized
 person who determined that the work was satisfactorily completed;
   (iii) No known condition exists that would make the aircraft unairworthy;
   (iv) So far as the work performed is concerned, the aircraft is in
 condition for safe operation; and
   (3) Be signed by an authorized certificated mechanic or repairman, except
 that a certificated repairman may sign the release or entry only for the work
 for which that person is employed and for which that person is certificated.
 Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) of this section, after maintenance,
 preventive maintenance, or alterations performed by a repair station
 certificated under the provisions of Subpart C of Part 145, the airworthiness
 release or log entry required by paragraph (a) of this section may be signed
 by a person authorized by that repair station.
   (c) Instead of restating each of the conditions of the certification
 required by paragraph (b) of this section, the certificate holder may state
 in its manual that the signature of an authorized certificated mechanic or
 repairman constitutes that certification.

 [Doc. No. 16097, 43 FR 46783, Oct. 10, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 135-29, 53
 FR 47375, Nov. 22, 1988]



 Appendix A to Part 135--Additional Airworthiness Standards for 10 or More
     Passenger Airplanes

                                 Applicability

   1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the additional airworthiness
 standards required by Sec. 135.169.
   2. References. Unless otherwise provided, references in this appendix to
 specific sections of Part 23 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR Part
 23) are to those sections of Part 23 in effect on March 30, 1967.

                              Flight Requirements

   3. General. Compliance must be shown with the applicable requirements of
 Subpart B of FAR Part 23, as supplemented or modified in Secs. 4 through 10.

                                  Performance

   4. General. (a) Unless otherwise prescribed in this appendix, compliance
 with each applicable performance requirement in sections 4 through 7 must be
 shown for ambient atmospheric conditions and still air.
   (b) The performance must correspond to the propulsive thrust available
 under the particular ambient atmospheric conditions and the particular flight
 condition. The available propulsive thrust must correspond to engine power or
 thrust, not exceeding the approved power or thrust less--
   (1) Installation losses; and
   (2) The power or equivalent thrust absorbed by the accessories and services
 appropriate to the particular ambient atmospheric conditions and the
 particular flight condition.
   (c) Unless otherwise prescribed in this appendix, the applicant must select
 the take-off, en route, and landing configurations for the airplane.
   (d) The airplane configuration may vary with weight, altitude, and
 temperature, to the extent they are compatible with the operating procedures
 required by paragraph (e) of this section.
   (e) Unless otherwise prescribed in this appendix, in determining the
 critical engine inoperative takeoff performance, the accelerate-stop
 distance, takeoff distance, changes in the airplane's configuration, speed,
 power, and thrust must be made under procedures established by the applicant
 for operation in service.
   (f) Procedures for the execution of balked landings must be established by
 the applicant and included in the Airplane Flight Manual.
   (g) The procedures established under paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section
 must--
   (1) Be able to be consistently executed in service by a crew of average
 skill;
   (2) Use methods or devices that are safe and reliable; and
   (3) Include allowance for any time delays, in the execution of the
 procedures, that may reasonably be expected in service.
   5. Takeoff--(a) General. Takeoff speeds, the accelerate-stop distance, the
 takeoff distance, and the one-engine-inoperative takeoff flight path data
 (described in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (f) of this section), must be
 determined for--
   (1) Each weight, altitude, and ambient temperature within the operational
 limits selected by the applicant;
   (2) The selected configuration for takeoff;
   (3) The center of gravity in the most unfavorable position;
   (4) The operating engine within approved operating limitations; and
   (5) Takeoff data based on smooth, dry, hard-surface runway.
   (b) Takeoff speeds. (1) The decision speed V1 is the calibrated airspeed on
 the ground at which, as a result of engine failure or other reasons, the
 pilot is assumed to have made a decision to continue or discontinue the
 takeoff. The speed V1 must be selected by the applicant but may not be less
 than--
   (i) 1.10VS1;
   (ii) 1.10VMC;
   (iii) A speed that allows acceleration to V1 and stop under paragraph (c)
 of this section; or
   (iv) A speed at which the airplane can be rotated for takeoff and shown to
 be adequate to safely continue the takeoff, using normal piloting skill, when
 the critical engine is suddenly made inoperative.
   (2) The initial climb out speed V2, in terms of calibrated airspeed, must
 be selected by the applicant so as to allow the gradient of climb required in
 section 6(b)(2), but it must not be less than V1 or less than 1.2VS1.
   (3) Other essential take off speeds necessary for safe operation of the
 airplane.
   (c) Accelerate-stop distance. (1) The accelerate-stop distance is the sum
 of the distances necessary to--
   (i) Accelerate the airplane from a standing start to V1; and
   (ii) Come to a full stop from the point at which V1 is reached assuming
 that in the case of engine failure, failure of the critical engine is
 recognized by the pilot at the speed V1.
   (2) Means other than wheel brakes may be used to determine the accelerate-
 stop distance if that means is available with the critical engine inoperative
 and--
   (i) Is safe and reliable;
   (ii) Is used so that consistent results can be expected under normal
 operating conditions; and
   (iii) Is such that exceptional skill is not required to control the
 airplane.
   (d) All engines operating takeoff distance. The all engine operating
 takeoff distance is the horizontal distance required to takeoff and climb to
 a height of 50 feet above the takeoff surface under the procedures in FAR
 23.51(a).
   (e) One-engine-inoperative takeoff. Determine the weight for each altitude
 and temperature within the operational limits established for the airplane,
 at which the airplane has the capability, after failure of the critical
 engine at V1 determined under paragraph (b) of this section, to take off and
 climb at not less than V2, to a height 1,000 feet above the takeoff surface
 and attain the speed and configuration at which compliance is shown with the
 en route one-engine-inoperative gradient of climb specified in section 6(c).
   (f) One-engine-inoperative takeoff flight path data. The one-engine-
 inoperative takeoff flight path data consist of takeoff flight paths
 extending from a standing start to a point in the takeoff at which the
 airplane reaches a height 1,000 feet above the takeoff surface under
 paragraph (e) of this section.
   6. Climb--(a) Landing climb: All-engines-operating. The maximum weight must
 be determined with the airplane in the landing configuration, for each
 altitude, and ambient temperature within the operational limits established
 for the airplane, with the most unfavorable center of gravity, and out-of-
 ground effect in free air, at which the steady gradient of climb will not be
 less than 3.3 percent, with:
   (1) The engines at the power that is available 8 seconds after initiation
 of movement of the power or thrust controls from the minimum flight idle to
 the takeoff position.
   (2) A climb speed not greater than the approach speed established under
 section 7 and not less than the greater of 1.05VMC or 1.10VS1.
   (b) Takeoff climb: one-engine-inoperative. The maximum weight at which the
 airplane meets the minimum climb performance specified in paragraphs (1) and
 (2) of this paragraph must be determined for each altitude and ambient
 temperature within the operational limits established for the airplane, out
 of ground effect in free air, with the airplane in the takeoff configuration,
 with the most unfavorable center of gravity, the critical engine inoperative,
 the remaining engines at the maximum takeoff power or thrust, and the
 propeller of the inoperative engine windmilling with the propeller controls
 in the normal position except that, if an approved automatic feathering
 system is installed, the propellers may be in the feathered position:
   (1) Takeoff: landing gear extended. The minimum steady gradient of climb
 must be measurably positive at the speed V1.
   (2) Takeoff: landing gear retracted. The minimum steady gradient of climb
 may not be less than 2 percent at speed V2. For airplanes with fixed landing
 gear this requirement must be met with the landing gear extended.
   (c) En route climb: one-engine-inoperative. The maximum weight must be
 determined for each altitude and ambient temperature within the operational
 limits established for the airplane, at which the steady gradient of climb is
 not less 1.2 percent at an altitude 1,000 feet above the takeoff surface,
 with the airplane in the en route configuration, the critical engine
 inoperative, the remaining engine at the maximum continuous power or thrust,
 and the most unfavorable center of gravity.
   7. Landing. (a) The landing field length described in paragraph (b) of this
 section must be determined for standard atmosphere at each weight and
 altitude within the operational limits established by the applicant.
   (b) The landing field length is equal to the landing distance determined
 under FAR 23.75(a) divided by a factor of 0.6 for the destination airport and
 0.7 for the alternate airport. Instead of the gliding approach specified in
 FAR 23.75(a)(1), the landing may be preceded by a steady approach down to the
 50-foot height at a gradient of descent not greater than 5.2 percent (3 deg.)
 at a calibrated airspeed not less than 1.3VS1.

                                     Trim

   8--Trim (a) Lateral and directional trim. The airplane must maintain
 lateral and directional trim in level flight at a speed of VH or VMO/MMO,
 whichever is lower, with landing gear and wing flaps retracted.
   (b) Longitudinal trim. The airplane must maintain longitudinal trim during
 the following conditions, except that it need not maintain trim at a speed
 greater than VMO/MMO:
   (1) In the approach conditons specified in FAR 23.161(c) (3) through (5),
 except that instead of the speeds specified in those paragraphs, trim must be
 maintained with a stick force of not more than 10 pounds down to a speed used
 in showing compliance with section 7 or 1.4VS1 whichever is lower.
   (2) In level flight at any speed from VH or VMO/MMO, whichever is lower, to
 either Vx or 1.4VS1, with the landing gear and wing flaps retracted.

                                   Stability

   9. Static longitudinal stability. (a) In showing compliance with FAR
 23.175(b) and with paragraph (b) of this section, the airspeed must return to
 within +/-7 1/2  percent of the trim speed.
   (b) Cruise stability. The stick force curve must have a stable slope for a
 speed range of +/-50 knots from the trim speed except that the speeds need
 not exceed VFC/MFC or be less than 1.4VS1. This speed range will be
 considered to begin at the outer extremes of the friction band and the stick
 force may not exceed 50 pounds with--
   (1) Landing gear retracted;
   (2) Wing flaps retracted;
   (3) The maximum cruising power as selected by the applicant as an operating
 limitation for turbine engines or 75 percent of maximum continuous power for
 reciprocating engines except that the power need not exceed that required at
 VMO/MMO;
   (4) Maximum takeoff weight; and
   (5) The airplane trimmed for level flight with the power specified in
 paragraph (3) of this paragraph.
   VFC/MFC may not be less than a speed midway between VMO/MMO and VDF/MDF,
 except that, for altitudes where Mach number is the limiting factor, MFC need
 not exceed the Mach number at which effective speed warning occurs.
   (c) Climb stability (turbopropeller powered airplanes only). In showing
 compliance with FAR 23.175(a), an applicant must, instead of the power
 specified in FAR 23.175(a)(4), use the maximum power or thrust selected by
 the applicant as an operating limitation for use during climb at the best
 rate of climb speed, except that the speed need not be less than 1.4VS1.

                                    Stalls

   10. Stall warning. If artificial stall warning is required to comply with
 FAR 23.207, the warning device must give clearly distinguishable indications
 under expected conditions of flight. The use of a visual warning device that
 requires the attention of the crew within the cockpit is not acceptable by
 itself.

                                Control Systems

   11. Electric trim tabs. The airplane must meet FAR 23.677 and in addition
 it must be shown that the airplane is safely controllable and that a pilot
 can perform all the maneuvers and operations necessary to effect a safe
 landing following any probable electric trim tab runaway which might be
 reasonably expected in service allowing for appropriate time delay after
 pilot recognition of the runaway. This demonstration must be conducted at the
 critical airplane weights and center of gravity positions.

                           Instruments: Installation

   12. Arrangement and visibility. Each instrument must meet FAR 23.1321 and
 in addition:
   (a) Each flight, navigation, and powerplant instrument for use by any pilot
 must be plainly visible to the pilot from the pilot's station with the
 minimum practicable deviation from the pilot's normal position and line of
 vision when the pilot is looking forward along the flight path.
   (b) The flight instruments required by FAR 23.1303 and by the applicable
 operating rules must be grouped on the instrument panel and centered as
 nearly as practicable about the vertical plane of each pilot's forward
 vision. In addition--
   (1) The instrument that most effectively indicates the attitude must be in
 the panel in the top center position;
   (2) The instrument that most effectively indicates the airspeed must be on
 the panel directly to the left of the instrument in the top center position;
   (3) The instrument that most effectively indicates altitude must be
 adjacent to and directly to the right of the instrument in the top center
 position; and
   (4) The instrument that most effectively indicates direction of flight must
 be adjacent to and directly below the instrument in the top center position.
   13. Airspeed indicating system. Each airspeed indicating system must meet
 FAR 23.1323 and in addition:
   (a) Airspeed indicating instruments must be of an approved type and must be
 calibrated to indicate true airspeed at sea level in the standard atmosphere
 with a minimum practicable instrument calibration error when the
 corresponding pitot and static pressures are supplied to the instruments.
   (b) The airspeed indicating system must be calibrated to determine the
 system error, i.e., the relation between IAS and CAS, in flight and during
 the accelerate-takeoff ground run. The ground run calibration must be
 obtained between 0.8 of the minimum value of V1 and 1.2 times the maximum
 value of V1, considering the approved ranges of altitude and weight. The
 ground run calibration is determined assuming an engine failure at the
 minimum value of V1.
   (c) The airspeed error of the installation excluding the instrument
 calibration error, must not exceed 3 percent or 5 knots whichever is greater,
 throughout the speed range from VMO to 1.3VS1 with flaps retracted and from
 1.3VSO to VFE with flaps in the landing position.
   (d) Information showing the relationship between IAS and CAS must be shown
 in the Airplane Flight manual.
   14. Static air vent system. The static air vent system must meet FAR
 23.1325. The altimeter system calibration must be determined and shown in the
 Airplane Flight Manual.

                     Operating Limitations and Information

   15. Maximum operating limit speed VMO/MMO. Instead of establishing
 operating limitations based on VNE and VNO, the applicant must establish a
 maximum operating limit speed VMO/ MMO as follows:
   (a) The maximum operating limit speed must not exceed the design cruising
 speed VC and must be sufficiently below VD/MD or VDF/MDF to make it highly
 improbable that the latter speeds will be inadvertently exceeded in flight.
   (b) The speed VMO must not exceed 0.8VD/MD or 0.8VDF/MDF unless flight
 demonstrations involving upsets as specified by the Administrator indicates a
 lower speed margin will not result in speeds exceeding VD/MD or VDF.
 Atmospheric variations, horizontal gusts, system and equipment errors, and
 airframe production variations are taken into account.
   16. Minimum flight crew. In addition to meeting FAR 23.1523, the applicant
 must establish the minimum number and type of qualified flight crew personnel
 sufficient for safe operation of the airplane considering--
   (a) Each kind of operation for which the applicant desires approval;
   (b) The workload on each crewmember considering the following:
   (1) Flight path control.
   (2) Collision avoidance.
   (3) Navigation.
   (4) Communications.
   (5) Operation and monitoring of all essential aircraft systems.
   (6) Command decisions; and
   (c) The accessibility and ease of operation of necessary controls by the
 appropriate crewmember during all normal and emergency operations when at the
 crewmember flight station.
   17. Airspeed indicator. The airspeed indicator must meet FAR 23.1545 except
 that, the airspeed notations and markings in terms of VNO and VNH must be
 replaced by the VMO/MMO notations. The airspeed indicator markings must be
 easily read and understood by the pilot. A placard adjacent to the airspeed
 indicator is an acceptable means of showing compliance with FAR 23.1545(c).

                            Airplane Flight Manual

   18. General. The Airplane Flight Manual must be prepared under FARs 23.1583
 and 23.1587, and in addition the operating limitations and performance
 information in sections 19 and 20 must be included.
   19. Operating limitations. The Airplane Flight Manual must include the
 following limitations--
   (a) Airspeed limitations. (1) The maximum operating limit speed VMO/MMO and
 a statement that this speed limit may not be deliberately exceeded in any
 regime of flight (climb, cruise, or descent) unless a higher speed is
 authorized for flight test or pilot training;
   (2) If an airspeed limitation is based upon compressibility effects, a
 statement to this effect and informaton as to any symptoms, the probable
 behavior of the airplane, and the recommended recovery procedures; and
   (3) The airspeed limits, shown in terms of VMO/MMO instead of VNO and VNE.
   (b) Takeoff weight limitations. The maximum takeoff weight for each airport
 elevation,  ambient  temperature,  and  available takeoff runway length
 within the range selected by the applicant may not exceed the weight at
 which--
   (1) The all-engine-operating takeoff distance determined under section 5(b)
 or the accelerate-stop distance determined under section 5(c), whichever is
 greater, is equal to the available runway length;
   (2) The airplane complies with the one-engine-inoperative takeoff
 requirements specified in section 5(e); and
   (3) The airplane complies with the one-engine-inoperative takeoff and en
 route climb requirements specified in sections 6 (b) and (c).
   (c) Landing weight limitations. The maximum landing weight for each airport
 elevation (standard temperature) and available landing runway length, within
 the range selected by the applicant. This weight may not exceed the weight at
 which the landing field length determined under section 7(b) is equal to the
 available runway length. In showing compliance with this operating
 limitation, it is acceptable to assume that the landing weight at the
 destination will be equal to the takeoff weight reduced by the normal
 consumption of fuel and oil en route.
   20. Performance information. The Airplane Flight Manual must contain the
 performance information determined under the performance requirements of this
 appendix. The information must include the following:
   (a)  Sufficient  information  so  that  the takeoff weight limits specified
 in section 19(b) can be determined for all temperatures and altitudes within
 the operation limitations selected by the applicant.
   (b) The conditions under which the performance information was obtained,
 including the airspeed at the 50-foot height used to determine landing
 distances.
   (c) The performance information (determined by extrapolation and computed
 for the range of weights between the maximum landing and takeoff weights)
 for--
   (1) Climb in the landing configuration; and
   (2) Landing distance.
   (d) Procedure established under section 4 related to the limitations and
 information required by this section in the form of guidance material
 including any relevant limitations or information.
   (e) An explanation of significant or unusual flight or ground handling
 characteristics of the airplane.
   (f) Airspeeds, as indicated airspeeds, corresponding to those determined
 for takeoff under section 5(b).
   21. Maximum operating altitudes. The maximum operating altitude to which
 operation is allowed, as limited by flight, structural, powerplant,
 functional, or equipment characteristics, must be specified in the Airplane
 Flight Manual.
   22. Stowage provision for airplane flight manual. Provision must be made
 for stowing the Airplane Flight Manual in a suitable fixed container which is
 readily accessible to the pilot.
   23. Operating procedures. Procedures for restarting turbine engines in
 flight (including the effects of altitude) must be set forth in the Airplane
 Flight Manual.

                             Airframe Requirements

                                 Flight Loads

   24. Engine torque. (a) Each turbopropeller engine mount and its supporting
 structure must be designed for the torque effects of:
   (1) The conditions in FAR 23.361(a).
   (2) The limit engine torque corresponding to takeoff power and propeller
 speed multiplied by a factor accounting for propeller control system
 malfunction, including quick feathering action, simultaneously with 1g level
 flight loads. In the absence of a rational analysis, a factor of 1.6 must be
 used.
   (b) The limit torque is obtained by multiplying the mean torque by a factor
 of 1.25.
   25. Turbine engine gyroscopic loads. Each turbopropeller engine mount and
 its supporting structure must be designed for the gyroscopic loads that
 result, with the engines at maximum continuous r.p.m., under either--
   (a) The conditions in FARs 23.351 and 23.423; or
   (b) All possible combinations of the following:
   (1) A yaw velocity of 2.5 radians per second.
   (2) A pitch velocity of 1.0 radians per second.
   (3) A normal load factor of 2.5.
   (4) Maximum continuous thrust.
   26. Unsymmetrical loads due to engine failure. (a) Turbopropeller powered
 airplanes must be designed for the unsymmetrical loads resulting from the
 failure of the critical engine including the following conditions in
 combination with a single malfunction of the propeller drag limiting system,
 considering the probable pilot corrective action on the flight controls:
   (1) At speeds between Vmo and VD, the loads resulting from power failure
 because of fuel flow interruption are considered to be limit loads.
   (2) At speeds between Vmo and Vc, the loads resulting from the
 disconnection of the engine compressor from the turbine or from loss of the
 turbine blades are considered to be ultimate loads.
   (3) The time history of the thrust decay and drag buildup occurring as a
 result of the prescribed engine failures must be substantiated by test or
 other data applicable to the particular engine-propeller combination.
   (4) The timing and magnitude of the probable pilot corrective action must
 be conservatively estimated, considering the characteristics of the
 particular engine-propeller-airplane combination.
   (b) Pilot corrective action may be assumed to be initiated at the time
 maximum yawing velocity is reached, but not earlier than 2 seconds after the
 engine failure. The magnitude of the corrective action may be based on the
 control forces in FAR 23.397 except that lower forces may be assumed where it
 is shown by analysis or test that these forces can control the yaw and roll
 resulting from the prescribed engine failure conditions.

                                 Ground Loads

   27. Dual wheel landing gear units. Each dual wheel landing gear unit and
 its supporting structure must be shown to comply with the following:
   (a) Pivoting. The airplane must be assumed to pivot about one side of the
 main gear with the brakes on that side locked. The limit vertical load factor
 must be 1.0 and the coefficient of friction 0.8. This condition need apply
 only to the main gear and its supporting structure.
   (b) Unequal tire inflation. A 60-40 percent distribution of the loads
 established under FAR 23.471 through FAR 23.483 must be applied to the dual
 wheels.
   (c) Flat tire. (1) Sixty percent of the loads in FAR 23.471 through FAR
 23.483 must be applied to either wheel in a unit.
   (2) Sixty percent of the limit drag and side loads and 100 percent of the
 limit vertical load established under FARs 23.493 and 23.485 must be applied
 to either wheel in a unit except that the vertical load need not exceed the
 maximum vertical load in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

                              Fatigue Evaluation

   28. Fatigue evaluation of wing and associated structure. Unless it is shown
 that the structure, operating stress levels, materials and expected use are
 comparable from a fatigue standpoint to a similar design which has had
 substantial satisfactory service experience, the strength, detail design, and
 the fabrication of those parts of the wing, wing carrythrough, and attaching
 structure whose failure would be catastrophic must be evaluated under
 either--
   (a) A fatigue strength investigation in which the structure is shown by
 analysis, tests, or both to be able to withstand the repeated loads of
 variable magnitude expected in service; or
   (b) A fail-safe strength investigation in which it is shown by analysis,
 tests, or both that catastrophic failure of the structure is not probable
 after fatigue, or obvious partial failure, of a principal structural element,
 and that the remaining structure is able to withstand a static ultimate load
 factor of 75 percent of the critical limit load factor at VC. These loads
 must be multiplied by a factor of 1.15 unless the dynamic effects of failure
 under static load are otherwise considered.

                            Design and Construction

   29. Flutter. For multiengine turbopropeller powered airplanes, a dynamic
 evaluation must be made and must include--
   (a) The significant elastic, inertia, and aerodynamic forces associated
 with the rotations and displacements of the plane of the propeller; and
   (b) Engine-propeller-nacelle stiffness and damping variations appropriate
 to the particular configuration.

                                 Landing Gear

   30. Flap operated landing gear warning device. Airplanes having retractable
 landing gear and wing flaps must be equipped with a warning device that
 functions continuously when the wing flaps are extended to a flap position
 that activates the warning device to give adequate warning before landing,
 using normal landing procedures, if the landing gear is not fully extended
 and locked. There may not be a manual shut off for this warning device. The
 flap position sensing unit may be installed at any suitable location. The
 system for this device may use any part of the system (including the aural
 warning device) provided for other landing gear warning devices.

                      Personnel and Cargo Accommodations

   31. Cargo and baggage compartments. Cargo and baggage compartments must be
 designed to meet FAR 23.787 (a) and (b), and in addition means must be
 provided to protect passengers from injury by the contents of any cargo or
 baggage compartment when the ultimate forward inertia force is 9g.
   32. Doors and exits. The airplane must meet FAR 23.783 and FAR 23.807
 (a)(3), (b), and (c), and in addition:
   (a) There must be a means to lock and safeguard each external door and exit
 against opening in flight either inadvertently by persons, or as a result of
 mechanical failure. Each external door must be operable from both the inside
 and the outside.
   (b) There must be means for direct visual inspection of the locking
 mechanism by crewmembers to determine whether external doors and exits, for
 which the initial opening movement is outward, are fully locked. In addition,
 there must be a visual means to signal to crewmembers when normally used
 external doors are closed and fully locked.
   (c) The passenger entrance door must qualify as a floor level emergency
 exit. Each additional required emergency exit except floor level exits must
 be located over the wing or must be provided with acceptable means to assist
 the occupants in descending to the ground. In addition to the passenger
 entrance door:
   (1) For a total seating capacity of 15 or less, an emergency exit as
 defined in FAR 23.807(b) is required on each side of the cabin.
   (2) For a total seating capacity of 16 through 23, three emergency exits as
 defined in FAR 23.807(b) are required with one on the same side as the door
 and two on the side opposite the door.
   (d) An evacuation demonstration must be conducted utilizing the maximum
 number of occupants for which certification is desired. It must be conducted
 under simulated night conditions utilizing only the emergency exits on the
 most critical side of the aircraft. The participants must be representative
 of average airline passengers with no previous practice or rehearsal for the
 demonstration. Evacuation must be completed within 90 seconds.
   (e) Each emergency exit must be marked with the word "Exit" by a sign which
 has white letters 1 inch high on a red background 2 inches high, be self-
 illuminated or independently internally electrically illuminated, and have a
 minimum luminescence (brightness) of at least 160 microlamberts. The colors
 may be reversed if the passenger compartment illumination is essentially the
 same.
   (f) Access to window type emergency exits must not be obstructed by seats
 or seat backs.
   (g) The width of the main passenger aisle at any point between seats must
 equal or exceed the values in the following table:

                                         Minimum main
                                       passenger aisle
                                            width

                                       Less
                                     than 25
                                      inches   25 inches
                      Total seating    from     and more
                        capacity      floor    from floor

                      10 through 23  9 inches  15 inches.

                                 Miscellaneous

   33. Lightning strike protection. Parts that are electrically insulated from
 the basic airframe must be connected to it through lightning arrestors unless
 a lightning strike on the insulated part--
   (a) Is improbable because of shielding by other parts; or
   (b) Is not hazardous.
   34. Ice protection. If certification with ice protection provisions is
 desired, compliance with the following must be shown:
   (a) The recommended procedures for the use of the ice protection equipment
 must be set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual.
   (b) An analysis must be performed to establish, on the basis of the
 airplane's operational needs, the adequacy of the ice protection system for
 the various components of the airplane. In addition, tests of the ice
 protection system must be conducted to demonstrate that the airplane is
 capable of operating safely in continuous maximum and intermittent maximum
 icing conditions as described in Appendix C of Part 25 of this chapter.
   (c) Compliance with all or portions of this section may be accomplished by
 reference, where applicable because of similarity of the designs, to analysis
 and tests performed by the applicant for a type certificated model.
   35. Maintenance information. The applicant must make available to the owner
 at the time of delivery of the airplane the information the applicant
 considers essential for the proper maintenance of the airplane. That
 information must include the following:
   (a) Description of systems, including electrical, hydraulic, and fuel
 controls.
   (b) Lubrication instructions setting forth the frequency and the lubricants
 and fluids which are to be used in the various systems.
   (c) Pressures and electrical loads applicable to the various systems.
   (d) Tolerances and adjustments necessary for proper functioning.
   (e) Methods of leveling, raising, and towing.
   (f) Methods of balancing control surfaces.
   (g) Identification of primary and secondary structures.
   (h) Frequency and extent of inspections necessary to the proper operation
 of the airplane.
   (i) Special repair methods applicable to the airplane.
   (j) Special inspection techniques, such as X-ray, ultrasonic, and magnetic
 particle inspection.
   (k) List of special tools.

                                  Propulsion

                                    General

   36. Vibration characteristics. For turbopropeller powered airplanes, the
 engine installation must not result in vibration characteristics of the
 engine exceeding those established during the type certification of the
 engine.
   37. In flight restarting of engine. If the engine on turbopropeller powered
 airplanes cannot be restarted at the maximum cruise altitude, a determination
 must be made of the altitude below which restarts can be consistently
 accomplished. Restart information must be provided in the Airplane Flight
 Manual.
   38. Engines. (a) For turbopropeller powered airplanes. The engine
 installation must comply with the following:
   (1) Engine isolation. The powerplants must be arranged and isolated from
 each other to allow operation, in at least one configuration, so that the
 failure or malfunction of any engine, or of any system that can affect the
 engine, will not--
   (i) Prevent the continued safe operation of the remaining engines; or
   (ii) Require immediate action by any crewmember for continued safe
 operation.
   (2) Control of engine rotation. There must be a means to individually stop
 and restart the rotation of any engine in flight except that engine rotation
 need not be stopped if continued rotation could not jeopardize the safety of
 the airplane. Each component of the stopping and restarting system on the
 engine side of the firewall, and that might be exposed to fire, must be at
 least fire resistant. If hydraulic propeller feathering systems are used for
 this purpose, the feathering lines must be at least fire resistant under the
 operating conditions that may be expected to exist during feathering.
   (3) Engine speed and gas temperature control devices. The powerplant
 systems associated with engine control devices, systems, and instrumentation
 must provide reasonable assurance that those engine operating limitations
 that adversely affect turbine rotor structural integrity will not be exceeded
 in service.
   (b) For reciprocating engine powered airplanes. To provide engine
 isolation, the powerplants must be arranged and isolated from each other to
 allow operation, in at least one configuration, so that the failure or
 malfunction of any engine, or of any system that can affect that engine, will
 not--
   (1) Prevent the continued safe operation of the remaining engines; or
   (2) Require immediate action by any crewmember for continued safe
 operation.
   39. Turbopropeller reversing systems. (a) Turbopropeller reversing systems
 intended for ground operation must be designed so that no single failure or
 malfunction of the system will result in unwanted reverse thrust under any
 expected operating condition. Failure of structural elements need not be
 considered if the probability of this kind of failure is extremely remote.
   (b) Turbopropeller reversing systems intended for in flight use must be
 designed so that no unsafe condition will result during normal operation of
 the system, or from any failure (or reasonably likely combination of
 failures) of the reversing system, under any anticipated condition of
 operation of the airplane. Failure of structural elements need not be
 considered if the probability of this kind of failure is extremely remote.
   (c) Compliance with this section may be shown by failure analysis, testing,
 or both for propeller systems that allow propeller blades to move from the
 flight low-pitch position to a position that is substantially less than that
 at the normal flight low-pitch stop position. The analysis may include or be
 supported by the analysis made to show compliance with the type certification
 of the propeller and associated installation components. Credit will be given
 for pertinent analysis and testing completed by the engine and propeller
 manufacturers.
   40. Turbopropeller drag-limiting systems. Turbopropeller drag-limiting
 systems must be designed so that no single failure or malfunction of any of
 the systems during normal or emergency operation results in propeller drag in
 excess of that for which the airplane was designed. Failure of structural
 elements of the drag-limiting systems need not be considered if the
 probability of this kind of failure is extremely remote.
   41. Turbine engine powerplant operating characteristics. For turbopropeller
 powered airplanes, the turbine engine powerplant operating characteristics
 must be investigated in flight to determine that no adverse characteristics
 (such as stall, surge, or flameout) are present to a hazardous degree, during
 normal and emergency operation within the range of operating limitations of
 the airplane and of the engine.
   42. Fuel flow. (a) For turbopropeller powered airplanes--
   (1) The fuel system must provide for continuous supply of fuel to the
 engines for normal operation without interruption due to depletion of fuel in
 any tank other than the main tank; and
   (2) The fuel flow rate for turbopropeller engine fuel pump systems must not
 be less than 125 percent of the fuel flow required to develop the standard
 sea level atmospheric conditions takeoff power selected and included as an
 operating limitation in the Airplane Flight Manual.
   (b) For reciprocating engine powered airplanes, it is acceptable for the
 fuel flow rate for each pump system (main and reserve supply) to be 125
 percent of the takeoff fuel consumption of the engine.

                            Fuel System Components

   43. Fuel pumps. For turbopropeller powered airplanes, a reliable and
 independent power source must be provided for each pump used with turbine
 engines which do not have provisions for mechanically driving the main pumps.
 It must be demonstrated that the pump installations provide a reliability and
 durability equivalent to that in FAR 23.991(a).
   44. Fuel strainer or filter. For turbopropeller powered airplanes, the
 following apply:
   (a) There must be a fuel strainer or filter between the tank outlet and the
 fuel metering device of the engine. In addition, the fuel strainer or filter
 must be--
   (1) Between the tank outlet and the engine-driven positive displacement
 pump inlet, if there is an engine-driven positive displacement pump;
   (2) Accessible for drainage and cleaning and, for the strainer screen,
 easily removable; and
   (3) Mounted so that its weight is not supported by the connecting lines or
 by the inlet or outlet connections of the strainer or filter itself.
   (b) Unless there are means in the fuel system to prevent the accumulation
 of ice on the filter, there must be means to automatically maintain the fuel-
 flow if ice-clogging of the filter occurs; and
   (c) The fuel strainer or filter must be of adequate capacity (for operating
 limitations established to ensure proper service) and of appropriate mesh to
 insure proper engine operation, with the fuel contaminated to a degree (for
 particle size and density) that can be reasonably expected in service. The
 degree of fuel filtering may not be less than that established for the engine
 type certification.
   45. Lightning strike protection. Protection must be provided against the
 ignition of flammable vapors in the fuel vent system due to lightning
 strikes.

                                    Cooling

   46. Cooling test procedures for turbopropeller powered airplanes. (a)
 Turbopropeller powered airplanes must be shown to comply with FAR 23.1041
 during takeoff, climb, en route, and landing stages of flight that correspond
 to the applicable performance requirements. The cooling tests must be
 conducted with the airplane in the configuration, and operating under the
 conditions that are critical relative to cooling during each stage of flight.
 For the cooling tests a temperature is "stabilized" when its rate of change
 is less than 2 deg. F. per minute.
   (b) Temperatures must be stabilized under the conditions from which entry
 is made into each stage of flight being investigated unless the entry
 condition is not one during which component and engine fluid temperatures
 would stabilize, in which case, operation through the full entry condition
 must be conducted before entry into the stage of flight being investigated to
 allow temperatures to reach their natural levels at the time of entry. The
 takeoff cooling test must be preceded by a period during which the powerplant
 component and engine fluid temperatures are stabilized with the engines at
 ground idle.
   (c) Cooling tests for each stage of flight must be continued until--
   (1) The component and engine fluid temperatures stabilize;
   (2) The stage of flight is completed; or
   (3) An operating limitation is reached.

                               Induction System

   47. Air induction. For turbopropeller powered airplanes--
   (a) There must be means to prevent hazardous quantities of fuel leakage or
 overflow from drains, vents, or other components of flammable fluid systems
 from entering the engine intake systems; and
   (b) The air inlet ducts must be located or protected so as to minimize the
 ingestion of foreign matter during takeoff, landing, and taxiing.
   48. Induction system icing protection. For turbopropeller powered
 airplanes, each turbine engine must be able to operate throughout its flight
 power range without adverse effect on engine operation or serious loss of
 power or thrust, under the icing conditions specified in Appendix C of Part
 25 of this chapter. In addition, there must be means to indicate to
 appropriate flight crewmembers the functioning of the powerplant ice
 protection system.
   49. Turbine engine bleed air systems. Turbine engine bleed air systems of
 turbopropeller powered airplanes must be investigated to determine--
   (a) That no hazard to the airplane will result if a duct rupture occurs.
 This condition must consider that a failure of the duct can occur anywhere
 between the engine port and the airplane bleed service; and
   (b) That, if the bleed air system is used for direct cabin pressurization,
 it is not possible for hazardous contamination of the cabin air system to
 occur in event of lubrication system failure.

                                Exhaust System

   50. Exhaust system drains. Turbopropeller engine exhaust systems having low
 spots or pockets must incorporate drains at those locations. These drains
 must discharge clear of the airplane in normal and ground attitudes to
 prevent the accumulation of fuel after the failure of an attempted engine
 start.

                      Powerplant Controls and Accessories

   51. Engine controls. If throttles or power levers for turbopropeller
 powered airplanes are such that any position of these controls will reduce
 the fuel flow to the engine(s) below that necessary for satisfactory and safe
 idle operation of the engine while the airplane is in flight, a means must be
 provided to prevent inadvertent movement of the control into this position.
 The means provided must incorporate a positive lock or stop at this idle
 position and must require a separate and distinct operation by the crew to
 displace the control from the normal engine operating range.
   52. Reverse thrust controls. For turbopropeller powered airplanes, the
 propeller reverse thrust controls must have a means to prevent their
 inadvertent operation. The means must have a positive lock or stop at the
 idle position and must require a separate and distinct operation by the crew
 to displace the control from the flight regime.
   53. Engine ignition systems. Each turbopropeller airplane ignition system
 must be considered an essential electrical load.
   54. Powerplant accessories. The powerplant accessories must meet FAR
 23.1163, and if the continued rotation of any accessory remotely driven by
 the engine is hazardous when malfunctioning occurs, there must be means to
 prevent rotation without interfering with the continued operation of the
 engine.

                          Powerplant Fire Protection

   55. Fire detector system. For turbopropeller powered airplanes, the
 following apply:
   (a) There must be a means that ensures prompt detection of fire in the
 engine compartment. An overtemperature switch in each engine cooling air exit
 is an acceptable method of meeting this requirement.
   (b) Each fire detector must be constructed and installed to withstand the
 vibration, inertia, and other loads to which it may be subjected in
 operation.
   (c) No fire detector may be affected by any oil, water, other fluids, or
 fumes that might be present.
   (d) There must be means to allow the flight crew to check, in flight, the
 functioning of each fire detector electric circuit.
   (e) Wiring and other components of each fire detector system in a fire zone
 must be at least fire resistant.
   56. Fire protection, cowling and nacelle skin. For reciprocating engine
 powered airplanes, the engine cowling must be designed and constructed so
 that no fire originating in the engine compartment can enter either through
 openings or by burn through, any other region where it would create
 additional hazards.
   57. Flammable fluid fire protection. If flammable fluids or vapors might be
 liberated by the leakage of fluid systems in areas other than engine
 compartments, there must be means to--
   (a) Prevent the ignition of those fluids or vapors by any other equipment;
 or
   (b) Control any fire resulting from that ignition.

                                   Equipment

   58. Powerplant instruments. (a) The following are required for
 turbopropeller airplanes:
   (1) The instruments required by FAR 23.1305 (a) (1) through (4), (b) (2)
 and (4).
   (2) A gas temperature indicator for each engine.
   (3) Free air temperature indicator.
   (4) A fuel flowmeter indicator for each engine.
   (5) Oil pressure warning means for each engine.
   (6) A torque indicator or adequate means for indicating power output for
 each engine.
   (7) Fire warning indicator for each engine.
   (8) A means to indicate when the propeller blade angle is below the low-
 pitch position corresponding to idle operation in flight.
   (9) A means to indicate the functioning of the ice protection system for
 each engine.
   (b) For turbopropeller powered airplanes, the turbopropeller blade position
 indicator must begin indicating when the blade has moved below the flight
 low-pitch position.
   (c) The following instruments are required for reciprocating engine powered
 airplanes:
   (1) The instruments required by FAR 23.1305.
   (2) A cylinder head temperature indicator for each engine.
   (3) A manifold pressure indicator for each engine.

                            Systems and Equipments

                                    General

   59. Function and installation. The systems and equipment of the airplane
 must meet FAR 23.1301, and the following:
   (a) Each item of additional installed equipment must--
   (1) Be of a kind and design appropriate to its intended function;
   (2) Be labeled as to its identification, function, or operating
 limitations, or any applicable combination of these factors, unless misuse or
 inadvertent actuation cannot create a hazard;
   (3) Be installed according to limitations specified for that equipment; and
   (4) Function properly when installed.
   (b) Systems and installations must be designed to safeguard against hazards
 to the aircraft in the event of their malfunction or failure.
   (c) Where an installation, the functioning of which is necessary in showing
 compliance with the applicable requirements, requires a power supply, that
 installation must be considered an essential load on the power supply, and
 the power sources and the distribution system must be capable of supplying
 the following power loads in probable operation combinations and for probable
 durations:
   (1) All essential loads after failure of any prime mover, power converter,
 or energy storage device.
   (2) All essential loads after failure of any one engine on two-engine
 airplanes.
   (3) In determining the probable operating combinations and durations of
 essential loads for the power failure conditions described in paragraphs (1)
 and (2) of this paragraph, it is permissible to assume that the power loads
 are reduced in accordance with a monitoring procedure which is consistent
 with safety in the types of operations authorized.
   60. Ventilation. The ventilation system of the airplane must meet FAR
 23.831, and in addition, for pressurized aircraft, the ventilating air in
 flight crew and passenger compartments must be free of harmful or hazardous
 concentrations of gases and vapors in normal operation and in the event of
 reasonably probable failures or malfunctioning of the ventilating, heating,
 pressurization, or other systems, and equipment. If accumulation of hazardous
 quantities of smoke in the cockpit area is reasonably probable, smoke
 evacuation must be readily accomplished.

                       Electrical Systems and Equipment

   61. General. The electrical systems and equipment of the airplane must meet
 FAR 23.1351, and the following:
   (a) Electrical system capacity. The required generating capacity, and
 number and kinds of power sources must--
   (1) Be determined by an electrical load analysis; and
   (2) Meet FAR 23.1301.
   (b) Generating system. The generating system includes electrical power
 sources, main power busses, transmission cables, and associated control,
 regulation and protective devices. It must be designed so that--
   (1) The system voltage and frequency (as applicable) at the terminals of
 all essential load equipment can be maintained within the limits for which
 the equipment is designed, during any probable operating conditions;
   (2) System transients due to switching, fault clearing, or other causes do
 not make essential loads inoperative, and do not cause a smoke or fire
 hazard;
   (3) There are means, accessible in flight to appropriate crewmembers, for
 the individual and collective disconnection of the electrical power sources
 from the system; and
   (4) There are means to indicate to appropriate crewmembers the generating
 system quantities essential for the safe operation of the system, including
 the voltage and current supplied by each generator.
   62. Electrical equipment and installation. Electrical equipment, controls,
 and wiring must be installed so that operation of any one unit or system of
 units will not adversely affect the simultaneous operation of any other
 electrical unit or system essential to the safe operation.
   63. Distribution system. (a) For the purpose of complying with this
 section, the distribution system includes the distribution busses, their
 associated feeders, and each control and protective device.
   (b) Each system must be designed so that essential load circuits can be
 supplied in the event of reasonably probable faults or open circuits,
 including faults in heavy current carrying cables.
   (c) If two independent sources of electrical power for particular equipment
 or systems are required under this appendix, their electrical energy supply
 must be ensured by means such as duplicate electrical equipment, throwover
 switching, or multichannel or loop circuits separately routed.
   64. Circuit protective devices. The circuit protective devices for the
 electrical circuits of the airplane must meet FAR 23.1357, and in addition
 circuits for loads which are essential to safe operation must have individual
 and exclusive circuit protection.






        Appendix B to Part 135--Airplane Flight Recorder Specifications

                                    Installed
                                   system /1/
                                     minimum
                                  accuracy (to     Sampling
                                    recovered    interval (per   Resolution
     Parameters        Range          data)         second)     /4/ read out

   Relative time   8 hr minimum   +/-0.125% per  1              1 sec.
    (from                          hour
    recorded on
    prior to
    takeoff)
   Indicated       Vso to VD      +/-5% or +/-   1              1% /3/.
    airspeed        (KIAS)         10 kts.,
                                   whichever is
                                   greater.
                                   Resolution 2
                                   kts. below
                                   175 KIAS
   Altitude        -1,000 ft. to  +/-100 to +/-  1              25 to 150
                    max cert.      700 ft. (see
                    alt. of A/C    Table 1, TSO
                                   C51-a)
   Magnetic        360 deg.       +/-5 deg.      1              1 deg.
    heading
   Vertical        -3g to +6g     +/-0.2g in     4 (or 1 per    0.03g.
    acceleration                   addition to    second where
                                   +/-0.3g        peaks, ref.
                                   maximum        to 1g are
                                   datum          recorded)
   Longitudinal    +/-1.0g        +/-1.5% max.   2              0.01g.
    acceleration                   range
                                   excluding
                                   datum error
                                   of +/-5%
   Pitch attitude  100% of        +/-2 deg.      1              0.8 deg.
                    usable
   Roll attitude   +/-60 deg. or  +/-2 deg.      1              0.8 deg.
                    100% of
                    usable
                    range,
                    whichever is
                    greater
   Stabilizer      Full range     +/-3% unless   1              1% /3/.
    trim position                  higher
                                   uniquely
                                   required
      Or
   Pitch control   Full range     +/-3% unless   1              1% /3/.
    position                       higher
                                   uniquely
                                   required

   Engine Power,
    Each Engine

   Fan or N1       Maximum range  +/-5%          1              1% /3/.
    speed or EPR
    or cockpit
    indications
    used for
    aircraft
    certification
      Or
   Prop. speed                                   1 (prop
    and torque                                    speed), 1
    (sample once/                                 (torque)
    sec as close
    together as
    practicable)
   Altitude rate   +/-8,000 fpm   +/-10%.        1              250 fpm Below
    /2/ (need                      Resolution                    12,000
    depends on                     250 fpm
    altitude                       below 12,000
    resolution)                    ft.
                                   indicated
   Angle of        -20 deg. to    +/-2 deg.      1              0.8% /3/
    attack /2/      40 deg. or
    (need depends   of usable
    on altitude     range
    resolution)
   Radio           On/off                        1
    transmitter
    keying
    (discrete)
   TE flaps        Each discrete                 1
    (discrete or    position (U,
    analog)         D, T/O, AAP)
                   Or
                   Analog 0-100%  +/-3 deg.      1              1% /3/
                    range
   LE flaps        Each discrete                 1
    (discrete or    position (U,
    analog)         D, T/O, AAP)
                   Or
                   Analog 0-100%  +/-3 deg.      1              1% /3/.
                    range
   Thrust          Stowed or                     1
    reverser,       full reverse
    each engine
    (Discrete)
   Spoiler/        Stowed or out                 1
    speedbrake
    (discrete)
   Autopilot       Engaged or                    1
    engaged         disengaged
    (discrete)

   /1/ When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of
   acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding
   these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording
   system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column.

   /2/ If data from the altitude encoding altimeter (100 ft. resolution) is
   used, then either one of these parameters should also be recorded. If
   however, altitude is recorded at a minimum resolution of 25 feet, then
   these two parameters can be omitted.

   /3/ Per cent of full range.

   /4/ This column applies to aircraft manufacturing after October 11, 1991.

 [Doc. No. 25530, Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug.
 16, 1988]






              Appendix C to Part 135--Helicopter Flight Recorder
                                Specifications

                                   Installed
                                  system /1/
                                    minimum
                                 accuracy (to     Sampling
                                   recovered    interval (per   Resolution
    Parameters        Range          data)         second)     /3/ read out

   Relative time  8 hr minimum   +/-0.125% per  1              1 sec.
    (from                         hour
    recorded on
    prior to
    takeoff)
   Indicated      Vmin to VD     +/-5% or +/-   1              1 kt.
    airspeed       (KIAS)         10 kts.,
                   (minimum       whichever is
                   airspeed       greater
                   signal
                   attainable
                   with
                   installed
                   pilot-static
                   system)
   Altitude       -1,000 ft. to  +/-100 to +/-  1              25 to 150 ft.
                   20,000 ft.     700 ft. (see
                   pressure       Table 1, TSO
                   altitude       C51-a)
   Magnetic       360 deg.       +/-5 deg.      1              1 deg..
    heading
   Vertical       -3g to +6g     +/-0.2g in     4 (or 1 per    0.05g.
    acceleration                  addition to    second where
                                  +/-0.3g        peaks, ref.
                                  maximum        to 1g are
                                  datum          recorded)
   Longitudinal   +/-1.0g        +/-1.5% max.   2              0.03g.
    acceleration                  range
                                  excluding
                                  datum error
                                  of +/-5%
   Pitch          100% of        +/-2 deg.      1              0.8 deg..
    attitude       usable range
   Roll attitude  +/-60 deg. or  +/-2 deg.      1              0.8 deg..
                   100% of
                   usable
                   range,
                   whichever is
                   greater
   Altitude rate  +/-8,000 fpm   +/-10%         1              250 fpm below
                                  Resolution                    12,000.
                                  250 fpm
                                  below 12,000
                                  ft.
                                  indicated
   Engine Power,
    Each Engine

   Main rotor     Maximum range  +/-5%          1              1% /2/
    speed
   Free or power  Maximum range  +5%            1              1% /2/
    turbine
   Engine torque  Maximum range  +/-5%          1              1% /2/

   Flight
    Control--
    Hydraulic
    Pressure

   Primary        High/low                      1
    (discrete)
   Secondary--if  High/low                      1
    applicable
    (discrete)
   Radio          On/off                        1
    transmitter
    keying
    (discrete)
   Autopilot      Engaged or                    1
    engaged        disengaged
    (discrete)
   SAS status--   Engaged/                      1
    engaged        disengaged
    (discrete)
   SAS fault      Fault/OK                      1
    status
    (discrete)

   Flight
    Controls

   Collective     Full range     +/-3%          2              1% /2/
   Pedal          Full range     +/-3%          2              1% /2/
    position
   Lat. cyclic    Full range     +/-3%          2              1% /2/
   Long. cyclic   Full range     +/-3%          2              1% /2/
   Controllable   Full range     +/-3%          2              1% /2/
    stabilator
    position

   /1/ When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of
   acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding
   these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording
   system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column.

   /2/ Per cent of full range.

   /3/ This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

 [Doc. No. 25530, Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26152, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug.
 16, 1988]






        Appendix D to Part 135--Airplane Flight Recorder Specification

                                   Accuracy
                                 sensor input      Sampling
                                   to DFDR      interval (per   resolution /4/
   Parameters        Range         readout         second)         read out

 Time (GMT or    24 Hrs         +/-0.125% Per   0.25 (1 per 4   1 sec.
  Frame                          Hour            seconds)
  Counter)
  (range 0 to
  4095, sampled
  1 per frame)
 Altitude        -1,000 ft to   +/-100 to +/-   1               5' to 35'
                  max            700 ft (See                     /1/.
                  certificated   Table 1,
                  altitude of    TSO-C51a)
                  aircraft
 Airspeed        50 KIAS to     +/-5%, +/-3%    1               1kt
                  Vso, and Vso
                  to 1.2 VD
 Heading         360 deg.       +/-2 deg.       1               0.5 deg.
 Normal          -3g to +6g     +/-1% of max    8               0.01g
  Acceleration                   range
  (Vertical)                     excluding
                                 datum error
                                 of +/-5%
 Pitch Attitude  +/-75 deg.     +/-2 deg.       1               0.5 deg.
 Roll Attitude   +/-180 deg.    +/-2 deg.       1               0.5 deg..
 Radio           On-Off                         1
  Transmitter     (Discrete)
  Keying
 Thrust/Power    Full range     +/-2%           1 (per          0.2% /2/.
  on Each         forward                        engine)
  Engine
 Trailing Edge   Full range or  +/-3 deg. or    0.5             0.5% /2/.
  Flap or         each           as pilot's
  Cockpit         discrete       indicator
  Control         position
  Selection
 Leading Edge    Full range or  +/-3 deg. or    0.5             0.5% /2/.
  Flap on or      each           as pilot's
  Cockpit         discrete       indicator
  Control         position
  Selection
 Thrust          Stowed, in                     1 (per 4
  Reverser        transit, and                   seconds per
  Position        reverse                        engine)
                  (discretion)
 Ground Spoiler  Full range or  +/-2% unless    1               0.22 /2/.
  Position/       each           higher
  Speed Brake     discrete       accuracy
  Selection       position       uniquely
                                 required
 Marker Beacon   Discrete                       1
  Passage
 Autopilot       Discrete                       1
  Engagement
 Longitudinal    +/-1g          +/-1.5% max     4               0.01g.
  Acceleration                   range
                                 excluding
                                 datum error
                                 of +/-5%
 Pilot Input     Full range     +/-2 deg.       1               0.2% /2/.
  And/or                         unless
  Surface                        higher
  Position-                      accuracy
  Primary                        uniquely
  Controls                       required
  (Pitch, Roll,
  Yaw) /3/
 Lateral         +/-1g          +/-1.5% max     4               0.01g.
  Acceleration                   range
                                 excluding
                                 datum error
                                 of +/-5%
 Pitch Trim      Full range     +/-3% unless    1               0.3%/2/.
  Position                       higher
                                 accuracy
                                 uniquely
                                 required
 Glideslope      +/-400         +/-3%           1               0.3% /2/.
  Deviation       Microamps
 Localizer       +/-400         +/-3%           1               0.3% /2/.
  Deviation       Microamps
 AFCS Mode And   Discrete                       1
  Engagement
  Status
 Radio Altitude  -20 ft to      +/-2 Ft or      1               1 ft + 5% /2/
                  2,500 ft       +/-3%                           above 500'.
                                 whichever is
                                 greater
                                 below 500 ft
                                 and +/-5%
                                 above 500 ft
 Master Warning  Discrete                       1
 Main Gear       Discrete                       1
  Squat Switch
  Status
 Angle of        As installed   As installed    2               0.3% /2/.
  Attack (if
  recorded
  directly)
 Outside Air     -50 deg.C to   +/-2 deg.c      0.5             0.3 deg.c
  Temperature     +90 deg.c
  or Total Air
  Temperature
 Hydraulics,     Discrete                       0.5             or 0.5% /2/.
  Each System
  Low Pressure
 Groundspeed     As installed   Most accurate   1               0.2% /2/.
                                 systems
                                 installed
                                 (IMS
                                 equipped
                                 aircraft
                                 only)

 If additional recording capacity is available, recording of the following
  parameters is recommended. The parameters are listed in order of
  significance:

 Drift Angle     When           As installed    4
                  available.
                  As installed
 Wind Speed and  When           As installed    4
  Direction       available.
                  As installed
 Latitude and    When           As installed    4
  Longitude       available.
                  As installed
 Brake           As installed   As installed    1
  pressure/
  Brake pedal
  position
 Additional
  engine
  parameters:
   EPR           As installed   As installed    1 (per
                                                 engine)
   N1            As installed   As installed    1 (per
                                                 engine)
   N2            As installed   As installed    1 (per
                                                 engine)
 EGT             As installed   As installed    1 (per
                                                 engine)
 Throttle Lever  As installed   As installed    1 (per
  Position                                       engine)
 Fuel Flow       As installed   As installed    1 (per
                                                 engine)
 TCAS:
   TA            As installed   As installed    1
   RA            As installed   As installed    1
   Sensitivity   As installed   As installed    2
    level (as
    selected by
    crew)
 GPWS (ground    Discrete                       1
  proximity
  warning
  system)
 Landing gear    Discrete                       0.25 (1 per 4
  or gear                                        seconds)
  selector
  position
 DME 1 and 2     0-200 NM;      As installed    0.25            1mi.
  Distance
 Nav 1 and 2     Full range     As installed    0.25
  Frequency
  Selection

 /1/ When altitude rate is recorded. Altitude rate must have sufficient
 resolution and sampling to permit the derivation of altitude to 5 feet.

 /2/ Per cent of full range.

 /3/ For airplanes that can demonstrate the capability of deriving either the
 control input on control movement (one from the other) for all modes of
 operation and flight regimes, the "or" applies. For airplanes with non-
 mechanical control systems (fly-by-wire) the "and" applies. In airplanes with
 split surfaces, suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of
 recording each surface separately.

 /4/ This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

 [Doc. No. 25530, Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26153, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug.
 16, 1988]






              Appendix E to Part 135--Helicopter Flight Recorder
                                Specifications

                                   Accuracy
                                 sensor input     Sampling
                                    to DFDR     interval (per   Resolution
    Parameters        Range         readout        second)     /2/ read out

   Time (GMT)     24 Hrs         +/-0.125% Per  0.25 (1 per 4  1 sec
                                  Hour           seconds)
   Altitude       -1,000 ft to   +/-100 to +/-  1              5' to 30'.
                   max            700 ft (See
                   certificated   Table 1,
                   altitude of    TSO-C51a)
                   aircraft
   Airspeed       As the         +/-3%          1              1 kt
                   installed
                   measuring
                   system
   Heading        360 deg.       +/-2 deg.      1              0.5 deg..
   Normal         -3g to +6g     +/-1% of max   8              0.01g
    Acceleration                  range
    (Vertical)                    excluding
                                  datum error
                                  of +/-5%
   Pitch          +/-75 deg.     +/-2 deg.      2              0.5 deg.
    Attitude
   Roll Attitude  +/-180 deg.    +/-2 deg.      2              0.5 deg..
   Radio          On-Off                        1              0.25 sec
    Transmitter    (Discrete)
    Keying
   Power in Each  0-130% (power  +/-2%          1 speed 1      0.2% /1/ to
    Engine: Free   Turbine                       torque (per    0.4% /1/
    Power          Speed) Full                   engine)
    Turbine        range
    Speed and      (Torque)
    Engine
    Torque
   Main Rotor     0-130%         +/-2%          2              0.3% /1/
    Speed
   Altitude Rate  +/-6,000 ft/   As installed   2              0.2% /1/
                   min
   Pilot Input--  Full range     +/-3%          2              0.5% /1/
    Primary
    Controls
    (Collective,
    Longitudinal
    Cyclic,
    Lateral
    Cyclic,
    Pedal)
   Flight         Discrete,                     1
    Control        each circuit
    Hydraulic
    Pressure Low
   Flight         Discrete                      1
    Control
    Hydraulic
    Pressure
    Selector
    Switch
    Position,
    1st and 2nd
    stage
   AFCS Mode and  Discrete (5                   1
    Engagement     bits
    Status         necessary)
   Stability      Discrete                      1
    Augmentation
    System
    Engage
   SAS Fault      Discrete                      0.25
    Status
   Main Gearbox   As installed   As installed   0.25           0.5% /1/
    Temperature
    Low
   Main Gearbox   As installed   As installed   0.5            0.5% /1/
    Temperature
    High
   Controllable   Full Range     +/-3%          2              0.4% /1/.
    Stabilator
    Position
   Longitudinal   +/-1g          +/-1.5% max    4              0.01g.
    Acceleration                  range
                                  excluding
                                  datum error
                                  of +/-5%
   Lateral        +/-1g          +/-1.5% max    4              0.01g.
    Acceleration                  range
                                  excluding
                                  datum of +/-
                                  5%
   Master         Discrete                      1
    Warning
   Nav 1 and 2    Full range     As installed   0.25
    Frequency
    Selection
   Outside Air    -50 deg.C to   +/-2 deg.c     0.5            0.3 deg.c
    Temperature    +90 deg.C

   /1/ Per cent of full range.

   /2/ This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

 [Doc. No. 25530, Amdt. 135-26, 53 FR 26154, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug.
 16, 1988]